sv4za
As filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on July 10, 2006
Registration
No. 333-131199
Registration
No. 333-131199-01
Registration
No. 333-131199-02
Registration
No. 333-131199-03
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
CARDTRONICS, INC.*
(exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
7389 |
|
76-0681190 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
3110 Hayes Road, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77082
(281) 596-9988
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrants Principal Executive
Offices) |
|
J. Chris Brewster
Chief Financial Officer
3110 Hayes Road, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77082
(281) 596-9988
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone
Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service) |
Copy to:
David P. Oelman, Esq.
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, Texas 77002-6760
713-758-3708
713-615-5861 (fax)
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of
this Registration Statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check
the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
|
|
|
|
* |
Includes certain subsidiaries of Cardtronics, Inc. identified
below. |
Cardtronics GP, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
75-3003720 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Cardtronics LP, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
51-0412519 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Cardtronics, LP
(Exact Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
76-0419117 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Each Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until
the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically
states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become
effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement
shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
PROSPECTUS
Cardtronics, Inc.
Offer to Exchange up to
$200,000,000 of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2013
for
$200,000,000 of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2013
that have been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933
Terms of the Exchange Offer
|
|
|
|
|
We are offering to exchange up to $200,000,000 of our
outstanding 9.250% Senior Notes due 2013 for new notes with
substantially identical terms that have been registered under
the Securities Act and are freely tradable. |
|
|
|
We will exchange all outstanding notes that you validly tender
and do not validly withdraw before the exchange offer expires
for an equal principal amount of new notes. |
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2006, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the
exchange offer. |
|
|
|
Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior
to the expiration of the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
The exchange of outstanding notes for new notes will not be a
taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. |
Terms of the New 9.250% Senior Notes Offered in the
Exchange Offer
Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
The new notes will mature on August 15, 2013. |
Interest
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on the new notes is payable on February 15 and August
15 of each year. |
|
|
|
Interest will accrue from August 12, 2005 or the most
recent date to which interest has been paid. |
Redemption
|
|
|
|
|
We may redeem some or all of the new notes at any time on or
after August 15, 2009 at redemption prices listed in
Description of the New Notes Optional
Redemption, and we may redeem some or all of the notes
before that date by the payment of a make-whole premium. |
|
|
|
Subject to certain limitations, we may also redeem up to 35% of
the new notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings
completed before August 15, 2008. |
Change of Control
|
|
|
|
|
If we experience a change of control, subject to certain
conditions, we must offer to purchase the new notes. |
Ranking
|
|
|
|
|
The new notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations. The
new notes rank junior in right of payment with all of our other
existing and future senior debt including borrowings under our
bank credit facilities. As of March 31, 2006, approximately
$53.2 million of indebtedness would have ranked senior in
right of payment to the new notes. |
Guarantees
|
|
|
|
|
All payments on the new notes, including principal and interest,
will be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior
subordinated basis by all of our existing domestic subsidiaries
and certain of our future subsidiaries. |
Please read Risk Factors on page 9 for a
discussion of factors you should consider before participating
in the exchange offer.
These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the
Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities
commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission passed
upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account
pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new
notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received
in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. You may not participate in the
exchange offer if you are a broker-dealer that acquired
outstanding notes directly from us. See Plan of
Distribution.
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2006.
This prospectus is part of a registration statement we filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In making your
investment decision, you should rely only on the information
contained in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of
transmittal. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
any other information. If you receive any unauthorized
information, you must not rely on it. We are not making an offer
to sell these securities in any state where the offer is not
permitted. You should not assume that the information contained
in this prospectus, or the documents incorporated by reference
into this prospectus, is accurate as of any date other than the
date on the front cover of this prospectus or the date of such
document, as the case may be.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and
statistics regarding economic trends and conditions and other
data pertaining to the ATM industry. We have obtained this data
from our own research, surveys and studies conducted by third
parties such as Dove Consulting Group, Inc., industry or other
publications, such as ATM&Debit News, the UK
Payment Statistics publication from APACS, and other
publicly available sources. We believe that our sources of
information and estimates are reliable and accurate, but we have
not independently verified them. Our statements about the ATM
industry generally, the number and type of ATMs in various
markets, and the size and operations of our competitors in this
prospectus are based on our managements belief, this
statistical data, internal studies and our knowledge of industry
trends.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements include information relating to
future events, future financial performance, strategies,
expectations, competitive environment, regulation and
availability of resources. These forward-looking statements
include statements regarding:
i
proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments
or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial position, results of operations or
liquidity; statements concerning projections, predictions,
expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business,
financial and operational results and future economic
performance; and statements of managements goals and
objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that
are not historical facts. Words such as may,
will, should, could,
would, predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify
forward-looking
statements.
You should not read forward-looking statements as a guarantee of
future performance or results. They will not necessarily be
accurate indications of the times at or by which such
performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking
statements are based on information available at the time those
statements are made and/or managements good faith belief
as of that time with respect to future events. Such statements
are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
performance or results to differ materially from those expressed
in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important
factors that could cause such differences include, but are not
limited to reliance on third parties for cash management
services; increased regulation and regulatory uncertainty;
trends in ATM usage; decreases in the number of ATMs we can
place with our top merchants; increased industry competition;
our ability to continue to execute our growth strategies; risks
associated with the acquisition of other ATM networks; changes
in interest rates; declines in, or system failures that
interrupt or delay, ATM transactions; changes in the ATM
transaction fees we receive; changes in ATM technology; changes
in foreign currency rates; general and economic conditions; and
other factors discussed under the headings Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
Business.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the
statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any
forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in
assumptions or changes in other factors affecting
forward-looking information, except to the extent required by
applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more
forward-looking
statements, you should draw no inference that we will make
additional updates with respect to those or other
forward-looking statements.
ii
SUMMARY
This summary may not contain all the information that may be
important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and the
documents we have incorporated into this prospectus by reference
before making an investment decision. You should carefully
consider the information set forth under Risk
Factors. In addition, certain statements include
forward-looking information which involves risks and
uncertainties. Please read Forward-Looking
Statements. Unless this prospectus otherwise indicates or
the context otherwise requires, the terms we,
our, us Cardtronics or the
Company as used in this prospectus refer to
Cardtronics, Inc. and its subsidiaries. We refer to automated
teller machines as ATMs throughout this prospectus.
We refer to the ATMs that we own and/or operate as our ATM
Network or our network of ATMs. Information
referred to in this prospectus as pro forma gives
effect to our May 17, 2005 acquisition of Bank Machine
(Acquisitions) Ltd. (which we refer to as Bank
Machine), as if the transaction had occurred on
January 1, 2005.
Company Overview
We operate the largest network of ATMs in the United States and
are a leading independent ATM operator in the United Kingdom,
based on number of ATMs operated. We also recently expanded our
operations into Mexico with the purchase of a majority stake in
CCS Mexico, an independent operator of approximately
300 ATMs located throughout the country. As of
March 31, 2006, our network included approximately 26,000
ATMs. For the year ended December 31, 2005, and pro forma
for our Bank Machine acquisition, our ATMs dispensed over
$9.7 billion in cash and processed more than
163.2 million transactions. We deploy and operate ATMs
under two distinct arrangements with our merchant partners:
company-owned and
merchant-owned. Under
company-owned arrangements, we provide the ATM and are typically
responsible for all aspects of its operation, including
procuring cash, supplies and telecommunications as well as
routine and technical maintenance. Under merchant-owned
arrangements, the merchant owns the ATM and is responsible for
providing cash and performing simple maintenance tasks, while we
provide more complex maintenance services, transaction
processing and connection to electronic funds transfer networks.
As of March 31, 2006, approximately 46% of our ATMs were
company-owned and 54% were merchant-owned. Because our margins
are significantly higher on our company-owned machines as a
result of the value of the breadth of services we provide, our
internal and acquisition growth strategy will focus on
increasing the number of company-owned ATMs in our network.
Since May 2001, we have acquired 13 networks of ATMs and
one operator of a surcharge-free ATM network, increasing the
number of ATMs we operate from approximately 4,100 to
approximately 26,000 as of March 31, 2006. On June 30,
2004, we acquired the ATM business of E*TRADE Access, Inc.
(which we refer to as E*TRADE Access) adding
approximately 13,155 ATMs to our network, and on May 17,
2005, we acquired Bank Machine, which expanded our operations to
the United Kingdom and added approximately 1,000 ATMs to
our network. From 2001 to 2005, the total number of annual
transactions processed within our network increased from
approximately 19.9 million to approximately
156.9 million.
As of May 31, 2006, the Company had approximately
$246.8 million in outstanding debt, comprised primarily of
approximately $198.7 million in senior subordinated notes,
net of unamortized discount, and approximately
$48.1 million in borrowings under our existing revolving
bank credit facility.
Our principal executive offices are located at 3110 Hayes Road,
Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77082 and our telephone number is
(281) 596-9988. Our website address is
www.cardtronics.com. Information contained on our website
is not part of this prospectus.
1
Recent Transactions
Bank Machine Acquisition. On May 17, 2005, we
acquired the ATM business of Bank Machine (Acquisitions)
Limited, an independent operator of ATMs in the United Kingdom,
for approximately $92.0 million in cash and
35,221 shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock valued by us at approximately $3.0 million. Through
this transaction, we acquired approximately 1,000 ATMs and
related site agreements, of which approximately 850 were
company-owned and 150 were merchant-owned ATMs.
E*TRADE Access Acquisition. On June 30, 2004,
we acquired the ATM business of E*TRADE Access, Inc., an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of E*TRADE Financial Corp., for
approximately $106.9 million in cash. Through this
transaction we acquired 13,155 ATMs and related placement
agreements, of which approximately 2,450 were company-owned and
10,705 were merchant-owned. The historical audited consolidated
financial statements of E*TRADE Access for the six months ended
June 30, 2004 and for the years ended 2003 and 2002, have
been included elsewhere in this prospectus. In accordance with
an agreement with E*TRADE with respect to name use, the
consolidated financial statements for the business formerly
conducted by E*TRADE Access, Inc. appear under the name
ATM Company.
Other Acquisitions. On March 1, 2005, we
acquired a portfolio of approximately 475 ATMs and related
contracts located in independent grocery stores in and around
the New York metropolitan area for approximately
$8.2 million in cash. On April 21, 2005, we acquired a
portfolio of approximately 330 ATMs and related contracts, at BP
Amoco locations throughout the Midwest, for approximately
$9.0 million in cash. Such acquisitions were funded with
cash on hand and borrowings under our bank credit facilities.
Substantially all of the ATMs acquired in these transactions
were company-owned.
On December 21, 2005, we acquired all of the outstanding
shares of ATM National, Inc., the owner and operator of the
Allpoint nationwide surcharge-free ATM network. The
consideration for such acquisition totaled $4.8 million,
and was comprised of $2.6 million in cash,
21,111 shares of our common stock, and the assumption of
approximately $0.4 million in additional liabilities.
In February 2006, we acquired a majority stake in CCS Mexico, an
independent ATM operator located in Mexico, for approximately
$1.0 million in cash consideration and the assumption of
approximately $0.4 million in additional liabilities.
Additionally, we incurred approximately $0.3 million in
transaction costs associated with this acquisition. CCS Mexico,
which was renamed to Cardtronics Mexico, currently operates
approximately 300 surcharging ATMs in selected retail locations
throughout Mexico.
Preferred Stock Offering. On February 10,
2005, we issued 894,568 shares of our Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock to investment funds controlled by TA
Associates, Inc. for gross proceeds of $75.0 million,
representing a 30.6% equity interest on a fully diluted basis as
of such date. The net proceeds of this offering were used to
redeem all of the outstanding shares of our Series A
Preferred Stock and to repurchase approximately 24% of our
outstanding shares of common stock and vested options to
purchase our common stock. In connection with that offering, we
also appointed two designees of TA Associates, Inc. to our board
of directors.
Amended and Restated Credit Facilities. Prior to
the completion of our senior subordinated notes offering in
August 2005, our bank credit facilities consisted of a revolving
credit facility of up to $100.0 million, a first lien term
facility of up to $125.0 million and a second lien term
facility of up to $75.0 million. We utilized the net
proceeds from our senior subordinated notes offering, along with
additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility and
cash on hand to retire permanently our first and second lien
term loans in August 2005. In addition, our revolving credit
facility was increased to a maximum borrowing capacity of
$150.0 million, subject to the financial covenants
contained in the revolving credit facility. In February 2006,
the Company further amended the revolving credit facility to
remove and modify certain restrictive covenants contained within
the facility and to reduce the maximum borrowing capacity from
$150.0 million to $125.0 million. As of March 31,
2006, we had approximately $53.2 million outstanding under
the facility and the ability to borrow an additional
$43.8 million based on the covenants contained in such
facility. Substantially all of our domestic assets and 65% of
the capital stock of our United
2
Kingdom subsidiaries are pledged to secure borrowings under our
revolving credit facility. Furthermore, each of our domestic
subsidiaries has guaranteed our obligations under the facility.
Senior Subordinated Notes Offering. On
August 12, 2005, we issued $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. Such senior subordinated notes are the
notes that are subject to the exchange offer described herein.
Net proceeds from the offering totaled approximately
$192.6 million after taking into consideration debt
issuance costs.
Organizational Structure
The chart set forth below shows the current organizational
structure of Cardtronics, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
3
The Exchange Offer
On August 12, 2005, we completed a private offering of
the outstanding notes. As part of the private offering, we
entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial
purchasers of the outstanding notes in which we agreed, among
other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to use our
best efforts to complete the exchange offer within 330 days
after the date we issued the outstanding notes. The following is
a summary of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange new notes for outstanding notes. |
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City
time,
on ,
2006, unless we decide to extend it. |
|
|
Condition to the Exchange Offer |
|
The registration rights agreement does not require us to accept
outstanding notes for exchange if the exchange offer or the
making of any exchange by a holder of the outstanding notes
would violate any applicable law or interpretation of the staff
of the SEC. A minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding
notes being tendered is not a condition to the exchange offer.
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the
outstanding notes of any holder that has not complied with the
procedures for tendering outstanding notes. Please read
Exchange Offer Conditions to the Exchange
Offer. |
|
|
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes |
|
To participate in the exchange offer, you must follow the
procedures established by The Depository Trust Company, which we
call DTC, for tendering notes held in book-entry
form. These procedures, which we call ATOP, require
that the exchange agent receive, prior to the expiration date of
the exchange offer, a computer generated message known as an
agents message that is transmitted through
DTCs automated tender offer program and that DTC confirm
that: |
|
|
|
DTC has received your instructions to exchange your
notes; and |
|
|
|
you agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of
transmittal. |
|
|
|
For more details, please refer to the sections of this
prospectus entitled Exchange Offer Terms of
the Exchange Offer and Procedures for
Tendering. |
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures |
|
None. |
|
Withdrawal of Tenders |
|
You may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time
prior to the expiration date. To withdraw, you must submit a
notice of withdrawal to exchange agent using ATOP procedures
before 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date
of the exchange offer. Please read Exchange
Offer Withdrawal of Tenders. |
|
Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of New Notes |
|
If you fulfill all conditions required for proper acceptance of
outstanding notes, we will accept any and all outstanding notes |
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
that you properly tender in the exchange offer on or before
5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date. We
will return any outstanding note that we do not accept for
exchange to you without expense promptly following the
expiration or termination of the exchange offer. We will deliver
the new notes promptly after the expiration date and acceptance
of the outstanding notes for exchange. Please refer to the
section in this prospectus entitled Exchange
Offer Terms of the Exchange Offer. |
|
|
Fees and Expenses |
|
We will bear all expenses related to the exchange offer. Please
refer to the section in this prospectus entitled Exchange
Offer Fees and Expenses. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
The issuance of the new notes will not provide us with any new
proceeds. We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy
our obligations under our registration rights agreement. |
|
Consequences of Failure to Exchange Outstanding Notes |
|
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes in this exchange
offer, you will no longer be able to require us to register the
outstanding notes under the Securities Act except in the limited
circumstances provided under our registration rights agreement.
In addition, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or
otherwise transfer the outstanding notes unless we have
registered the outstanding notes under the Securities Act, or
unless you resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them
under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in
a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act. |
|
U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations |
|
The exchange of new notes for outstanding notes in the exchange
offer should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. Please read Federal Income Tax
Considerations. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as
exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct
questions and requests for assistance and requests for
additional copies of this prospectus (including the letter of
transmittal) to the exchange agent addressed as follows: Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, Attention: Corporate Trust
Operations, Sixth and Marquette, MAC N9303-121, Minneapolis, MN
55479. Eligible institutions may make requests by facsimile at
(612) 667-4927. |
5
Terms of the New Notes
The new notes will be identical to the outstanding notes
except that the new notes are registered under the Securities
Act and will not have restrictions on transfer, registration
rights or provisions for additional interest and will contain
different administrative terms. The new notes will evidence the
same debt as the outstanding notes, and the same indenture will
govern the new notes and the outstanding notes.
The following summary contains basic information about the
new notes and is not intended to be complete. It does not
contain all the information that is important to you. For a more
complete understanding of the new notes, please refer to the
section of this prospectus entitled Description of the New
Notes.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Cardtronics, Inc. |
|
Notes Offered |
|
$200.0 million aggregate principal amount of
91/4
% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
notes). |
|
Maturity |
|
The notes will mature on August 15, 2013. |
|
Interest |
|
Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of
91/4
% per annum. Interest on the notes will be payable
semi-annually, in cash, in arrears on February 15 and August 15
of each year, commencing on February 15, 2006. |
|
Guarantees |
|
All payments on the notes, including principal and interest,
will be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior
subordinated basis by all of our existing domestic subsidiaries
and certain of our future subsidiaries. See Description of
the New Notes Guarantees. |
|
Ranking |
|
The notes and the guarantees will be unsecured senior
subordinated obligations and will rank: |
|
|
|
junior in right of payment to all of our and our
subsidiary guarantors existing and future senior
indebtedness, including borrowings under our bank credit
facilities and guarantees of those borrowings; |
|
|
|
equally in right of payment with any of our and our
subsidiary guarantors future senior subordinated
indebtedness; and |
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to any of our and our
subsidiary guarantors future indebtedness that is
expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes. |
|
|
|
|
As of the date of this prospectus, our subsidiary guarantors had
no debt outstanding other than the guarantees of the notes and
guarantees of borrowings under our bank credit facilities, which
totaled approximately $53.2 million as of March 31, 2006. |
|
|
|
Optional Redemption |
|
We may redeem some or all of the notes on or after
August 15, 2009 at the redemption prices set forth in this
prospectus. At any time prior to August 15, 2009, we may
redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100%
of their outstanding principal amount plus the make-whole
premium described under Description of the New
Notes Optional Redemption. |
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the notes at a redemption price of 109.250% using the
proceeds of certain equity offerings completed on or before
August 15, 2008. We may make this redemption only if, after
the redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount
of the notes originally issued remains outstanding. |
|
Change of Control |
|
If we sell substantially all of our assets or experience
specific kinds of changes of control, we must offer to
repurchase the notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of their
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of purchase. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that, among
other things, limit our ability and the ability of our
subsidiaries to: |
|
|
|
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; |
|
|
|
incur senior subordinated debt; |
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments; |
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with or into other companies; |
|
|
|
conduct asset sales; |
|
|
|
restrict dividends or other payments to us; |
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates or related
persons; |
|
|
|
create liens; |
|
|
|
redeem or repurchase capital stock; and |
|
|
|
issue and sell preferred stock in restricted
subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
These limitations will be subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions. See Description of the New
Notes Certain Covenants. |
|
Absence of a Public Market |
|
The new notes generally will be freely transferable; however,
there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of
any market for the new notes. |
Investment in the notes involves substantial risks. See
Risk Factors immediately following this summary for
a discussion of certain risks relating to an investment in the
notes.
7
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed
charges for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5x |
|
1.3x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, earnings are defined as our income from operations
before income taxes and fixed charges (excluding the effects of
any preferred stock dividends and related accretion expense).
Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness,
amortization of debt issuance costs, the interest portion of
lease payments, and preferred stock dividends and accretion
expense. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by
approximately $4.8 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2006, $0.9 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2005, $5.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, $2.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002, and $4.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001. The pro forma effect of the refinancing
of our existing term loans with the senior subordinated notes
did not change our historical ratio of earnings to fixed charges
for the year ended December 31, 2005 by more than
10 percent. Accordingly, no pro forma ratio has been
presented herein. |
|
|
|
(2) |
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges calculations exclude
costs incurred with respect to our vault cash rental obligations
as such costs are not considered to be fixed charges for
purposes of computing such ratios. Such costs totaled
approximately $4.8 million and $2.8 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively,
and approximately $15.7 million, $10.2 million,
$5.5 million, $2.7 million and $1.2 million for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and
2001, respectively. |
|
8
RISK FACTORS
Before making an investment decision with respect to the
exchange offer you should carefully consider the following
risks, as well as the other information contained in this
prospectus memorandum, including our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. The risks described below are those which we
believe are the material risks we face as well as risks related
to the exchange offer.
Risks Related to Our Business
|
|
|
We operate in a changing and unpredictable regulatory
environment. If we are subject to new legislation regarding the
operation of our ATMs, we could be required to make substantial
expenditures to comply with such legislation, which may reduce
our net income and our profit margins. |
With its initial roots in the banking industry, the ATM industry
has always been regulated, if not by individual states, by the
rules and regulations of the federal Electronic Funds Transfer
Act, which establishes the rights, liabilities and
responsibilities of participants in electronic funds transfer
systems. The vast majority of states have few, if any, licensing
requirements. However, recent media publicity on the use of
electronic devices to steal ATM card information, or skimming
devices, at ATMs has resulted in several states, including
California, New Jersey and New York, introducing legislation
regulating the deployment and operation of ATMs. In these three
states no final legislation has been passed. If additional
regulatory legislation is passed in these or other states, we
could be required to make substantial expenditures which would
reduce our net income.
|
|
|
The passing of legislation banning or limiting surcharge
fees would severely impact our revenue. |
As off-premise ATMs became more prevalent in the 1990s, a few
states (most notably Iowa) were slow to change their existing
laws that prohibited surcharge fees in connection with ATM
transactions. However, by the late 1990s, 49 states
permitted surcharge fees, with Iowa being the lone exception. In
2002, a federal court, relying upon the federal preemption
doctrine, and citing federal banking laws, overturned
Iowas law that prohibited ATM surcharge fees. Despite the
nationwide acceptance of surcharge fees at ATMs, a few consumer
activists (most notably in California) have from time to time
attempted to impose local bans on surcharge fees. Even in the
few instances where these efforts have passed the local
governing body (such as with an ordinance adopted by the city of
Santa Monica, California), federal courts have overturned these
local laws on federal preemption grounds. However, such efforts
may resurface and, should the federal courts abandon their
adherence to the federal preemption doctrine, such efforts could
receive more favorable consideration than in the past. Any
successful legislation banning or limiting surcharge fees could
result in a substantial loss of revenues and significantly
curtail our ability to continue our operations as currently
configured.
In the United Kingdom, the Treasury Select Committee of the
House of Commons published a report regarding surcharges in the
ATM industry in March 2005. This committee was formed to
investigate public concerns regarding the ATM industry,
including adequacy of disclosure to ATM customers regarding
surcharges, whether ATM providers should be required to provide
free services in low-income areas and whether to limit the level
of surcharges. The committees report included a number of
recommendations, including a recommendation to Parliament that
ATMs should be subject to the Banking Code, which is a voluntary
code of practice adopted by all financial institutions in the
United Kingdom (U.K.). The U.K. government has yet
to signal its acceptance of the Committees report, and
there is no certainty that such report will be accepted. Should
the report be accepted, the main impact of the Banking Code will
be that ATM operators will be required to provide
30 days notice to the public prior to converting a
surcharge-free ATM to one which charges surcharges. As of
March 31, 2006, we had approximately 45 surcharge-free
ATMs operating throughout the U.K. If the legislature or another
body with regulatory authority in the United Kingdom were to
impose limits on the level of surcharges for ATM transactions,
our revenue from operations in the U.K. would be negatively
impacted.
9
|
|
|
We depend on ATM transaction fees for substantially all of
our revenues and our revenues would be reduced by a decline in
usage of or surcharge fees at our ATMs. |
Transaction fees charged to cardholders and their financial
institutions for transactions processed on our ATMs, including
surcharge and interchange transaction fees, have historically
accounted for most of our revenues. We expect that revenues from
ATM transaction fees will continue to account for a substantial
majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future.
Consequently, our future operating results will depend on
(1) the continued market acceptance of our services in our
target markets, (2) maintaining the level of transaction
fees we receive, (3) our ability to install, acquire and
operate more ATMs and (4) continued usage of our ATMs by
cardholders. For example, increased acceptance of credit and
debit cards by merchants and service providers, or any loss of
confidence by the consuming public in the safety and security of
ATM transactions, could result in decreased usage of our ATMs.
In addition, it is possible that alternative technologies to our
ATM services will be developed and implemented. If such
alternatives are successful, we will likely experience a decline
in the usage of our ATMs. Moreover, surcharge fees are set by
negotiation between us and our merchant partners, and could
change over time. Further, growth in surcharge-free ATM networks
and widespread consumer bias toward such networks could
adversely affect our revenue even though we receive fees from
our participation in surcharge-free networks. We cannot assure
you that surcharge fees will not decline in the future.
Accordingly, a decline in usage of our ATMs by ATM cardholders
or in the levels of fees received by us in connection with such
usage would have a negative impact on our revenues and would
limit our businesses future growth.
|
|
|
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from ATMs
placed with a small number of merchants. If one or more of our
top merchants were to cease doing business with us, or to
substantially reduce its dealings with us, our revenues could
decline. |
For the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and for the year ended
December 31, 2005, and on a pro forma basis giving effect
to our Bank Machine acquisition, we derived approximately 19%
and 18%, respectfully, of our total revenues from ATMs placed at
the locations of our five largest merchants. We expect to
continue to depend upon a relatively small number of merchants
for a significant percentage of our revenues. The loss of any of
our largest merchants, or a decision by any one of them to
reduce the number of our ATMs placed in their locations, would
decrease our revenues. These merchants may elect not to renew
their contracts when they expire. Currently, these contracts
have expiration dates as follows (in order of significance):
January 31, 2012; April 30, 2010; December 31,
2014; December 31, 2013; and December 31, 2013. Even
if such contracts are renewed, the renewal terms may be less
favorable to us than the current contracts. If any of our five
largest merchants fail to renew their contracts upon expiration,
or if the renewal terms with any of them are less favorable to
us than under our current contracts, this could result in a
decline in our revenues and gross profits.
In February 2005, Winn-Dixie, one of our major merchant
customers, filed for bankruptcy protection. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, Winn-Dixie accounted for approximately
2.0% of our total ATM operating revenues and 1.2% of our total
ATM operating gross profits. As part of its bankruptcy
restructuring efforts, Winn-Dixie has closed or sold
approximately 360 of its existing stores during the past year,
340 of which included our ATMs. Accordingly, we have deinstalled
the ATMs that were operating in those locations, leaving us with
approximately 500 remaining ATM operating locations as of
March 31, 2006.
If Winn-Dixies restructuring efforts are unsuccessful, or
if our existing agreement is negatively impacted by such
restructuring efforts, our future revenues and gross profits may
decline and we may be required to record an impairment charge
related to the tangible and intangible assets associated with
the Winn-Dixie agreement. As of March 31, 2006, the
carrying amount of the tangible and intangible assets associated
with the Winn-Dixie contract totaled approximately
$3.3 million. Additionally, we have approximately
$1.0 million in future contractual operating lease payments
associated with many of the ATMs that are still operating within
the remaining Winn-Dixie store locations.
10
|
|
|
The ATM industry is highly competitive and such
competition may increase, which may adversely affect our profit
margins. |
The ATM business is and can be expected to remain highly
competitive. While our principal competition in the United
States comes from national and regional financial institutions,
we also compete with other independent ATM companies. Several of
our competitors, namely national financial institutions, are
larger, more established and have greater financial and other
resources than we do. Our competitors could prevent us from
obtaining or maintaining desirable locations for our ATMs, cause
us to reduce the surcharge revenue generated by transactions at
our ATMs or cause us to pay higher merchant fees, thereby
reducing our profits. In addition to our current competitors,
additional competitors may enter the market. We can offer no
assurance that we will be able to compete effectively against
these current and future competitors. Increased competition
could result in transaction fee reductions, reduced gross
margins and loss of market share.
In the U.K., we face competition from several companies with
operations larger than our own. Many of these competitors have
financial and other resources substantially greater than our
United Kingdom subsidiary. These companies may be able to
pay more for acquisitions and may be able to better define,
evaluate, and bid for available acquisition targets in the
United Kingdom or elsewhere. Our ability to expand our business
to other areas of the U.K. in the future will depend upon our
ability to successfully conduct operations, evaluate and select
suitable acquisitions, and consummate transactions in this
competitive environment.
|
|
|
We may be unable to integrate our recent and future
acquisitions in an efficient manner and inefficiencies would
increase our cost of operations and reduce our
profitability. |
Our acquisitions involve certain inherent risks to our business,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the operations, technology and personnel of any acquired
companies may be difficult to integrate; |
|
|
|
the allocation of management resources to consummate these
transactions may disrupt our
day-to-day
business; and |
|
|
|
acquired networks may not achieve anticipated revenues, earnings
or cash flow. Such a shortfall could require us to write down
the carrying value of the intangible assets associated with any
acquired company, which would adversely affect our reported
earnings. |
Since May 2001, we have acquired 13 ATM networks and one
surcharge-free ATM network. Prior to our E*TRADE Access
acquisition, we had acquired only the assets of deployed ATM
networks, rather than businesses and their related
infrastructure. We currently anticipate that our future
acquisitions will likely reflect a mix of asset acquisitions and
acquisitions of businesses, with each acquisition having its own
set of unique characteristics. To the extent that we elect to
acquire an existing company or the operations, technology and
personnel of another ATM provider, we may assume some or all of
the liabilities associated with the acquired company and face
new and added challenges integrating such acquisition into our
operations.
Our recent growth, particularly because of the size of our
E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine acquisitions, and any future
growth may strain our management systems, information systems
and resources. We will need to continue to invest in and improve
our financial and managerial controls, reporting systems and
procedures as we continue to grow and expand our business. As we
grow, we must also continue to hire, train, supervise and manage
new employees. We may not be able to hire, train, supervise and
manage sufficient personnel or develop management and operating
systems to manage our expansion effectively.
In addition, our Bank Machine and CCS Mexico acquisitions
created, and any future acquisition of ATMs located outside the
United States will create, additional risks for us to manage,
including, exposure to foreign currency fluctuations,
difficulties in complying with foreign laws and regulations,
staffing and managing foreign operations and potentially adverse
tax consequences.
Any inability on our part to manage effectively our past or
future growth could limit our ability to successfully grow the
revenue and profitability of our business.
11
|
|
|
The full impact of our recent acquisitions on our
operating results is not fully reflected in our historical
financial results, which as a result we believe are not
necessarily indicative of our future results of
operations. |
Since May 2001, we have acquired 13 ATM networks. Of the
approximately 21,000 ATMs we have acquired since May 2001 and
prior to December 31, 2005, approximately 2,100 were
acquired after January 2005. As a result, our operating results
for the year ended December 31, 2005 do not reflect a
full-years
results for a considerable portion of the ATMs we operated as of
December 31, 2005, including the approximately 1,000 ATMs
we acquired in our Bank Machine acquisition on May 17,
2005. Accordingly, our historical results may not be indicative
of results to be expected in future periods.
|
|
|
Changes in interest rates could increase our operating
costs by increasing interest expense under our credit facilities
and our cash management costs. |
Interest expense under our credit facilities and our vault cash
rental expense are sensitive to changes in interest rates,
particularly because a substantial majority of our indebtedness
earns interest at floating rates and our vault cash rental
expense is based on market rates of interest. Vault cash is the
cash we use in our machines in cases where cash is not provided
by the merchant. We pay rental fees on the average amount
outstanding to our vault cash providers in the United States
(U.S.) and U.K. under a floating rate formula.
Recent increases in interest rates in the U.S. have
resulted in increases in our interest expense under our credit
facility and our vault cash rental expense. Although we
currently hedge a substantial portion of our vault cash interest
rate risk over the next five years, we may not be able to enter
into similar arrangements for similar amounts in the future.
Furthermore, we have not currently entered into any derivative
financial instruments to hedge our variable interest rate
exposure in the U.K. Any significant future increases in
interest rates in the U.S. or the U.K. could have a
negative impact on our net income, if any, and cash flow by
increasing our operating costs and expenses. Please see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Disclosure About
Market Risk.
|
|
|
Our earnings may be reduced due to the risk of
fluctuations in foreign currencies, specifically the British
Pound and Mexican Peso. |
Fluctuations in rates between the British Pound and
U.S. dollar may impact our financial results from our U.K.
operations since we translate our earnings generated in British
Pounds into U.S. dollars at the then current exchange rate.
In addition, we financed our Bank Machine acquisition with
U.S. dollar-denominated borrowings, thus exposing our net
investment in the U.K. to foreign currency fluctuations. In
February 2006, we acquired a majority stake in CCS Mexico, an
independent ATM operator located in Mexico, for approximately
$1.0 million in cash consideration. As with our U.K.
operations, we will translate our earnings generated in Mexican
Pesos into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at
the time such amounts are earned. Additionally, our current
investment was funded in U.S. dollars, thus exposing such
investment to foreign currency fluctuations.
We currently do not hedge against the risks associated with
fluctuations in exchange rates. Although we may use hedging
techniques in the future, we may not be able to eliminate or
reduce the effects of currency fluctuations. As a result,
exchange rate fluctuations could have a negative impact on our
net income.
|
|
|
Our international operations may not be successful, which
would result in a reduction of our gross profits. |
As of March 31, 2006 approximately 4% of our ATMs are
located in the U.K. and contributed approximately 16% of our
gross profit for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and
approximately 18% of our pro forma gross profit for the year
ended December 31, 2005. We expect to continue to expand in
the U.K. and potentially into other countries as opportunities
arise. For example, and as noted above, we recently purchased a
majority stake in CCS Mexico, an independent ATM operator with
300 ATMs located throughout Mexico.
12
Our international operations are subject to certain inherent
risks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
exposure to currency fluctuations; |
|
|
|
difficulties in complying with foreign laws and regulations; |
|
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; |
|
|
|
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign
operations; and |
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences. |
Any of these factors could reduce the profitability and revenues
derived from our international operations and international
expansion.
|
|
|
If we, our transaction processors, our electric funds
transfer networks or other service providers experience system
failures, the ATM products and services we provide could be
delayed or interrupted, which would harm our business. |
Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on the
efficient and uninterrupted operations of our transaction
processors, telecommunications network systems and other service
providers. Although our contracts with merchants do not include
any guarantees related to network availability problems due to
factors beyond our control, any significant interruptions could
severely harm our business and reputation and result in a loss
of revenue. Additionally, if any such interruption is caused by
us, such interruption could result in the loss of the affected
merchants or damage our relationships with such merchants. We
have not been the cause of any such interruptions in the past.
Our systems and operations and those of our transaction
processors and our electric funds transfer network and other
service providers could be exposed to damage or interruption
from fire, natural disaster, unlawful acts, terrorist attacks,
power loss, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry and
computer viruses. We cannot be certain that any measures we and
our service providers have taken to prevent system failures will
be successful or that we will not experience service
interruptions. Further, our property and business interruption
insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses or
failures that may occur.
|
|
|
We rely on third parties to provide us with the cash we
require to operate many of our ATMs. If these third parties were
unable or unwilling to provide us with the necessary cash to
operate our ATMs, we would need to locate alternative sources of
cash to operate our ATMs or we would not be able to operate our
business. |
In the U.S., we rely on agreements with Bank of America, N.A.
and with Palm Desert National Bank to provide us with all of the
cash that we use in approximately 11,300 of our domestic ATMs
where cash is not provided by the merchant. In addition, we rely
on an agreement with Alliance & Leicester Commercial
Bank (ALCB) to provide us with all of the cash that
we use in approximately 750 of our U.K. ATMs where cash is not
provided by the merchant. As of March 31, 2006, the balance
of cash held in our domestic ATMs was approximately
$306.4 million, over 98% of which was supplied by Bank of
America. In the U.K., the balance of cash held in our ATMs as of
March 31, 2006 was approximately $52.2 million. We pay
a fee for our usage of this cash based on the total amount of
vault cash that we are using at any given time. At all times
during the use of this cash, it belongs to the cash providers.
Under our agreements with Bank of America and ALCB, each
provider has the right to demand the return of all or any
portion of its cash at any time upon the occurrence of certain
events beyond our control, including certain bankruptcy events
of us or our subsidiaries, or a breach of the terms of our cash
provider agreements. Our current agreement with Bank of America
expires on August 2, 2007, subject to automatic one-year
renewals. In addition, Bank of America may terminate its
agreement with us and demand the return of its cash upon
360 days prior written notice. In the United Kingdom, ALCB
may terminate their agreement with us and demand the return of
their cash upon 180 days written notice.
In Mexico our current ATM cash is provided by Bansi Bank,
(Bansi), a regional bank in Mexico. We currently
have an agreement with Bansi to supply us with cash of up to
U.S. $10.0 million that expires on
13
March 31, 2007. Upon expiration of this contract we will
extend our current contract or negotiate a new contract with
Bansi or seek alternate sources for our ATM cash.
If our cash providers were to demand return of their cash or
terminate their arrangements with us and remove their cash from
our ATMs, or if they were to fail to provide us with cash as and
when we need it for our ATM operations, our ability to operate
these ATMs would be jeopardized, and we would need to locate
alternative sources of cash in order to operate these ATMs.
|
|
|
Criminal activity by third parties, whether through
tampering with our ATM machines or otherwise, could result in
decreased consumer confidence in ATM usage and thereby reduce
our profit. |
In recent years, there have been reports in the press regarding
the use of ATMs to defraud cardholders and their financial
institutions. Criminals have been known to attach skimming
devices to ATMs in order to copy the encoded personal
information on a users debit or credit card that the
criminal then uses to create counterfeit cards that can be used
at ATMs or as credit cards to make unauthorized purchases.
Extensive counterfeiting activity could undermine consumer
confidence in ATMs, thereby reducing ATM activity and our
profit. Although, as of this date, we are not aware of any our
ATMs being used for skimming, we cannot guarantee that criminals
will not target one or more of our ATMs for skimming operations.
|
|
|
We rely on electronic funds transfer network providers,
transaction processors and maintenance providers; if they fail
or no longer agree to provide their services, we could suffer a
temporary loss of transaction revenues or the permanent loss of
any merchant contract affected by such disruption. |
We rely on electronic funds transfer network providers and have
agreements with transaction processors and maintenance providers
and have more than one such provider in each of these key areas.
These providers enable us to provide card authorization, data
capture, settlement and maintenance services to the merchants we
serve. Typically, these agreements are for periods of up to two
or three years each. If we improperly manage the renewal or
replacement of any expiring vendor contract, or if our multiple
providers in any one key area failed to provide the services for
which we have contracted, and disruption of service to our
merchants occurs, our relationship with those merchants could
suffer. Further, if such disruption of service is significant,
the affected merchants may seek to terminate their agreements
with us.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness, the New Notes and the
Exchange Offer
|
|
|
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may
adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our
business, remain in compliance with debt covenants and make
payments on our indebtedness, including the notes. |
As of March 31, 2006, we had outstanding indebtedness of
approximately $251.9 million, which represented
approximately 90% of our total capitalization based on a total
book capitalization of $278.4 million.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences
to you. For example, it could:
|
|
|
|
|
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with
respect to our indebtedness, including the notes, and any
failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt
instruments, including financial and other restrictive
covenants, could result in an event of default under the
indenture governing the notes and the agreements governing such
other indebtedness; |
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to
pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the
funds available for working capital, capital expenditures,
acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
|
|
|
limit our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in
our business and in the industry in which we operate; |
|
|
|
make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic,
industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in
government regulation; |
14
|
|
|
|
|
limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service
requirements, execution of our growth strategy, research and
development costs or other purposes; and |
|
|
|
place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who have
less debt. |
Our interest expense could increase if interest rates increase
because a portion of our indebtedness bears interest at floating
rates and our vault cash rental expense is computed based on
market rates of interest. See Description of Other
Indebtedness-Bank Credit Facilities. If we do not have
sufficient earnings to service our debt, we may be required to
refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow
more money or sell securities, none of which we can guarantee we
will be able to do.
We will be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in
the future. Although the indenture governing the notes and our
credit agreement contain restrictions on the incurrence of
additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a
number of important qualifications and exceptions and the
indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions
could be substantial. If new debt is added to our anticipated
debt levels, the related risks that we now face, including those
described above, could intensify.
|
|
|
Repayment of our debt, including the notes, is dependent
on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries. |
We are a holding company with no material assets other than the
equity interests of our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries conduct
substantially all of our operations and own substantially all of
our assets. Therefore, repayment of our indebtedness, including
the notes, is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our
subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to
us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries
may not be able to, or be permitted to, make distributions to
enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness,
including the notes. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct
legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and
contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash
from our subsidiaries. While the indenture governing the notes
limits the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual
restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other
inter-company payments to us, these limitations are subject to
certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do
not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be
unable to make required principal and interest payments on our
indebtedness, including the notes. There are currently no
restrictions limiting the ability of our subsidiaries to make
cash available to us, either by dividend, debt repayment or
otherwise.
|
|
|
Your right to receive payments on the notes is junior to
our existing and future senior debt, and the guarantees of the
notes are junior to all of the guarantors existing and
future senior debt. |
The notes and the guarantees rank behind all of our and the
guarantors existing and future senior indebtedness. As of
March 31, 2006, the notes and the guarantees were
subordinated to $53.2 million of senior debt, all of which
represented borrowings under our bank credit facility. We are
permitted to incur substantial other indebtedness, including
senior debt, in the future.
As a result of this subordination, upon any distribution to
creditors of our property or the property of the guarantors in a
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding,
the holders of our senior debt and the holders of the senior
debt of the guarantors are entitled to be paid in full in cash
before any payment may be made with respect to the notes or the
guarantees. In addition, all payments on the notes and the
guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on
senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 consecutive days in
the event of specified non-payment defaults on designated senior
debt. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or
reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or the
guarantors, the indenture relating to the notes requires that
amounts otherwise payable to holders of the notes in a
bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid instead to holders of
senior debt until the holders of senior debt are paid in full.
As a result, holders of the notes may not receive all amounts
owed to them and may receive less, ratably, than holders of
trade payables and other unsubordinated indebtedness.
15
|
|
|
Your right to receive payments on the notes is effectively
subordinated to the rights of existing and future creditors of
our subsidiaries that are not guarantors on the notes. |
Initially none of our foreign subsidiaries is required to
guarantee the notes. As a result, holders of the notes will be
effectively subordinated to the indebtedness and other
liabilities of these subsidiaries, including trade creditors.
Therefore, in the event of the insolvency or liquidation of a
foreign subsidiary, following payment by that subsidiary of its
liabilities, such subsidiary may not have sufficient remaining
assets to make payments to us as a shareholder or otherwise. In
the event of a default by any such subsidiary under any credit
arrangement or other indebtedness, its creditors could
accelerate such debt, prior to such subsidiary distributing
amounts to us that we could have used to make payments on the
notes.
|
|
|
The terms of our credit agreement and the indenture
governing the notes may restrict our current and future
operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in
our business or to take certain actions. |
Our credit agreement and the indenture governing the notes
include a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict
our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
sell or transfer property or assets; |
|
|
|
pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock; |
|
|
|
merge into or consolidate with any third party; |
|
|
|
create, incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; |
|
|
|
create certain liens; |
|
|
|
make investments; |
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments, including the payment of
dividends; |
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; |
|
|
|
redeem or repurchase capital stock; |
|
|
|
issue or sell preferred stock of restricted
subsidiaries; and |
|
|
|
enter into sale and leaseback transactions. |
In addition, we are required by our credit agreement to maintain
specified financial ratios and limits, including a
2 to 1 ratio of Senior Debt to Earnings, a Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio ranging from 1.25 to 1 in 2006
to 1.4 to 1 by the end of 2007 and beyond, and
limitations on the amount of Capital Expenditures we can incur
in any given 12-month
period, all of which as defined in the credit agreement. As a
result of these ratios and limits, we are limited in the manner
in which we conduct our business, and may be unable to engage in
favorable business activities or finance future operations or
capital needs. Accordingly, these restrictions may limit our
ability to successfully operate our business and prevent us from
fulfilling our obligations under the notes.
A failure to comply with the covenants financial ratios could
result in an event of default. In the event of a default under
our credit agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all
borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid
interest and other fees, to be due and payable, to require us to
apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings or to
prevent us from making debt service payments on the notes
offered by this prospectus, any of which could result in an
event of default under the indenture governing the notes. An
acceleration of indebtedness under our credit agreement would
also likely result in an event of default under the terms of any
other financing arrangement we have outstanding at the time. If
any or all of our debt were to be accelerated, there can be no
assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay such
indebtedness in full. If we are unable to repay outstanding
borrowings under our bank credit facility when due, the lenders
will have the right to proceed against the collateral securing
such indebtedness. See Description of Other
Indebtedness and Description of the New Notes.
16
|
|
|
The notes and the guarantees are not secured by our assets
nor those of the guarantors, and the lenders under our credit
agreement are entitled to remedies available to a secured
lender, which gives them priority over you to collect amounts
due to them. |
The notes and the guarantees will be our and the
guarantors unsecured obligations. In contrast, our
obligations outstanding under our credit agreement are secured
by a perfected lien on, and a pledge of substantially all of our
assets, including the stock of our subsidiaries. The notes will
be effectively subordinated to this secured debt to the extent
of the value of the collateral securing such debt. In addition,
we may incur additional secured debt, and the notes will be
effectively subordinated to any such additional secured debt we
may incur to the extent of the value of the collateral securing
such debt.
Because the notes and the guarantees will be unsecured
obligations, the assets that secure our secured debt will be
available to pay obligations on the notes only after all such
secured debt has been repaid in full. Accordingly, your right of
repayment may be compromised if any of the following situations
occur:
|
|
|
|
|
we enter into bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, or other
winding-up proceedings; |
|
|
|
there is a default in payment under our credit agreement; or |
|
|
|
there is an acceleration of any indebtedness under our credit
agreement. |
If any of these events occurs, the secured lenders could sell
those of our assets in which they have been granted a security
interest, to your exclusion, even if an event of default exists
under the indenture governing the Senior Notes at such time. As
a result, upon the occurrence of any of these events, there may
not be sufficient funds to pay amounts due on the notes.
|
|
|
We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change
of control. |
The indenture governing the notes requires us to offer to
repurchase some or all of the notes when certain change of
control events occur. These events include sale of the company
transactions, a change in the majority of our board of
directors, an event that results in Cap Street, TA Associates or
their affiliates not owning a majority of our voting stock prior
to our initial public offering or an event that results in a
person or group other than Cap Street, TA Associates or their
affiliates owning more than 50% of our outstanding voting
securities. If we experience a change of control, you will have
the right to require us to repurchase your notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of your
notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Our credit
agreement provides that certain change of control events
(including a change of control as defined in the indenture
governing the notes) constitute a default. Any future credit
agreement or other agreements relating to senior indebtedness to
which we become a party may contain similar provisions. If we
experience a change of control that triggers a default under our
credit agreement, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek
to refinance our credit agreement. In the event we do not obtain
such a waiver or refinance our credit agreement, such default
could result in amounts outstanding under our credit agreement
being declared due and payable. In the event we experience a
change of control that results in us having to repurchase the
notes, we may not have sufficient financial resources to satisfy
all of our obligations under our credit agreement and the notes.
In addition, the change of control covenant in the indenture
does not cover all corporate reorganizations, mergers or similar
transactions and may not provide you with protection in a highly
leveraged transaction. See Description of
Notes Certain Covenants.
|
|
|
The guarantees may not be enforceable because of
fraudulent conveyance laws. |
Our existing and certain of our future subsidiaries will
guarantee our obligations under the notes. Our issuance of the
notes and the issuance of the guarantees by the guarantors may
be subject to review under state and federal laws if a
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit,
including in circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved,
were commenced at some future date by, or on behalf of, our
unpaid creditors or the unpaid creditors of a guarantor. Under
the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state
fraudulent transfer laws, a court may void or otherwise decline
to enforce the notes or a guarantors guarantee, or
subordinate the notes or such guarantee to our or the applicable
guarantors existing and future indebtedness. While the
relevant laws may vary from state to state, a court
17
might do so if it found that when we issued the notes or when
the applicable guarantor entered into its guarantee or, in some
states, when payments became due under the notes or such
guarantee, we or the applicable guarantor received less than
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:
|
|
|
|
|
were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such
incurrence; or |
|
|
|
were engaged in a business or transaction for which one of our
or such guarantors remaining assets constituted
unreasonably small capital; or |
|
|
|
intended to incur, or believed that we or such guarantor would
incur, debts beyond our or such guarantors ability to pay
such debts as they mature. |
The court might also void the notes or a guarantee, without
regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued
the notes or the applicable guarantor entered into its guarantee
with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors. In
addition, any payment by us or a guarantor pursuant to the notes
or the guarantees could be voided and required to be returned to
us, or such guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of our or
such guarantors creditors.
A court would likely find that we, or a guarantor, did not
receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for
the notes or such guarantee if we, or such guarantor, did not
substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance
of the notes. Our anticipated use of proceeds, which includes
the distribution of a substantial portion of the proceeds of the
notes to our shareholders, could increase the risk of such a
finding. If a court were to void the notes or a guarantee, you
would no longer have a claim against us or the applicable
guarantor, as the case may be. Sufficient funds to repay the
notes may not be available from other sources, including the
remaining guarantors, if any. In addition, the court might
direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from
us or any guarantor, as the case may be.
The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent
transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any
proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has
occurred. Generally, however, we or a guarantor, as applicable,
would be considered insolvent if:
|
|
|
|
|
the sum of our or such guarantors debts, including
contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value
of our or such guarantors assets; or |
|
|
|
if the present fair saleable value of our or such
guarantors assets were less than the amount than would be
required to pay our or such guarantors probable liability
on our or such guarantors existing debts, including
contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and
mature; or |
|
|
|
we or such guarantor could not pay our or such guarantors
debts as they become due. |
To the extent a court voids the notes or any of the guarantees
as fraudulent transfers or holds the notes or any of the
guarantees unenforceable for any other reason, holders of the
notes would cease to have any direct claim against us or the
applicable guarantor. If a court were to take this action, our
or the applicable guarantors assets would be applied first
to satisfy our or the applicable guarantors liabilities,
if any, before any portion of its assets could be applied to the
payment of the notes.
Each guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit the
guarantors liability to the maximum amount that it could
incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its
guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer. This provision may not be
effective to protect the guarantees from being voided under
fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the guarantors
obligation to an amount that effectively makes the guarantee
worthless.
18
|
|
|
If you do not properly tender your outstanding notes, you
will continue to hold unregistered outstanding notes and your
ability to transfer outstanding notes will be adversely
affected. |
We will only issue new notes in exchange for outstanding notes
that you timely and properly tender. Therefore, you should allow
sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the outstanding
notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to
tender your outstanding notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent
is required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with
respect to your tender of outstanding notes.
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for new notes
pursuant to the exchange offer, the outstanding notes you hold
will continue to be subject to the existing transfer
restrictions. In general, you may not offer or sell the
outstanding notes except under an exemption from, or in a
transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable
state securities laws. We do not plan to register outstanding
notes under the Securities Act unless our registration rights
agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes
requires us to do so. Further, if you continue to hold any
outstanding notes after the exchange offer is consummated, you
may have trouble selling them because there will be fewer such
notes outstanding.
19
EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
In connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we
entered into a registration rights agreement. Under the
registration rights agreement, we agreed to:
|
|
|
|
|
within 240 days after the original issuance of the
outstanding notes on August 12, 2005, file a registration
statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to
exchange each outstanding note for a new note having terms
substantially identical in all material respects to such note,
except that the new note will not contain terms with respect to
transfer restrictions; |
|
|
|
use our reasonable best efforts to cause the registration
statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act
within 300 days after the original issuance of the
outstanding notes; |
|
|
|
promptly following the effectiveness of the registration
statement, offer the new notes in exchange for surrender of the
outstanding notes; and |
|
|
|
keep the exchange offer open for not less than 30 days (or
longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of
the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the outstanding
notes. |
We have fulfilled the agreements described in the first two of
the preceding bullet points and are now offering eligible
holders of the outstanding notes the opportunity to exchange
their outstanding notes for new notes registered under the
Securities Act. Holders are eligible if they are not prohibited
by any law or policy of the SEC from participating in this
exchange offer. The new notes will be substantially identical to
the outstanding notes except that the new notes will not contain
terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights
or additional interest.
Under limited circumstances, we agreed to use our best efforts
to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration
statement for the resale of the outstanding notes. We also
agreed to use our best efforts to keep the shelf registration
statement effective for up to two years after its effective
date. The circumstances include if:
|
|
|
|
|
a change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof of the
staff of the SEC does not permit us to effect the exchange
offer; or |
|
|
|
for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated
within 330 days from August 12, 2005, the date of the
original issuance of the outstanding notes; or |
|
|
|
any of the initial purchasers notify us following consummation
of the exchange offer that outstanding notes held by it are not
eligible to be exchanged for new notes in the exchange
offer; or |
|
|
|
certain holders are not eligible to participate in the exchange
offer, or such holders do not receive freely tradeable
securities on the date of the exchange. |
We will pay additional cash interest on the applicable
outstanding notes, subject to certain exceptions:
|
|
|
|
|
if either this registration statement or, if we are obligated to
file one, a shelf registration statement is not declared
effective by the Commission by the date required, |
|
|
|
if we fail to consummate the exchange offer prior to the date
that is 330 days after August 12, 2005, or |
|
|
|
after this registration statement or a shelf registration
statement, as the case may be, is declared effective, such
registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective or
usable (subject to certain exceptions) (each such event referred
to in the preceding clauses being a registration
default); |
from and including the date on which any such registration
default occurs to but excluding the date on which all
registration defaults have been cured.
20
The rate of the additional interest will be 0.25% per year
for the first 90-day
period immediately following the occurrence of a registration
default, and such rate will increase by an additional
0.25% per year with respect to each subsequent
90-day period until all
registration defaults have been cured, up to a maximum
additional interest rate of 1.0% per year. We will pay such
additional interest on regular interest payment dates. Such
additional interest will be in addition to any other interest
payable from time to time with respect to the outstanding notes
and the new notes.
Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, the
consummation of the exchange offer, the effectiveness of a shelf
registration statement, or the effectiveness of a succeeding
registration statement, as the case may be, the interest rate
borne by the notes from the date of such effectiveness or
consummation, as the case may be, will be reduced to the
original interest rate. However, if after any such reduction in
interest rate, a different registration default occurs, the
interest rate may again be increased pursuant to the preceding
paragraph.
To exchange your outstanding notes for transferable new notes in
the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following
representations:
|
|
|
|
|
any new notes will be acquired in the ordinary course of your
business; |
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or
entity to participate in the distribution of the new notes; |
|
|
|
you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the
distribution of the new notes; |
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your
own account in exchange for outstanding notes, you acquired
those notes as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus, as
required by law, in connection with any resale of such new
notes; and |
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act. |
In addition, we may require you to provide information to be
used in connection with the shelf registration statement to have
your outstanding notes included in the shelf registration
statement and benefit from the provisions regarding additional
interest described in the preceding paragraphs. A holder who
sells outstanding notes under the shelf registration statement
generally will be required to be named as a selling security
holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to
purchasers. Such a holder will also be subject to the civil
liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with
such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the
registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a
holder, including indemnification obligations.
The description of the registration rights agreement contained
in this section is a summary only. For more information, you
should review the provisions of the registration rights
agreement that we filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Resale of New Notes
Based on no action letters of the SEC staff issued to third
parties, we believe that new notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by you without further
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act if:
|
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act; |
|
|
|
such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of your
business; and |
|
|
|
you do not intend to participate in a distribution of the new
notes. |
The SEC, however, has not considered the exchange offer for the
new notes in the context of a no action letter, and the SEC may
not make a similar determination as in the no action letters
issued to these third parties.
21
If you tender in the exchange offer with the intention of
participating in any manner in a distribution of the new notes,
you
|
|
|
|
|
cannot rely on such interpretations by the SEC staff; and |
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction. |
Unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available,
any security holder intending to distribute new notes should be
covered by an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act. This registration statement should contain the
selling security holders information required by
Item 507 of
Regulation S-K
under the Securities Act. This prospectus may be used for an
offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of new notes only as
specifically described in this prospectus. Only broker-dealers
that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities may participate in the
exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for
its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such
outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
must acknowledge by way of the letter of transmittal that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the
new notes. Please read the section captioned Plan of
Distribution for more details regarding the transfer of
new notes.
Terms of the Exchange Offer
Subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus
and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange
any outstanding notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior
to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date. We
will issue new notes in principal amount equal to the principal
amount of outstanding notes surrendered under the exchange
offer. Outstanding notes may be tendered only for new notes and
only in integral multiples of $1,000.
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for
exchange.
As of the date of this prospectus, $200,000,000 in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding notes are outstanding. This
prospectus is being sent to DTC, the sole registered holder of
the outstanding notes, and to all persons that we can identify
as beneficial owners of the outstanding notes. There will be no
fixed record date for determining registered holders of
outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.
We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the
provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable
requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Outstanding notes whose holders do not tender for exchange in
the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to
accrue interest. These outstanding notes will be entitled to the
rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture
relating to the notes and the registration rights agreement.
We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly
tendered outstanding notes when we have given oral or written
notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent and complied with
the applicable provisions of the registration rights agreement.
The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders
for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us.
If you tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will
not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject
to the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the
exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and
expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below,
in connecting with the exchange offer. It is important that you
read the section labeled Fees and
Expenses for more details regarding fees and expenses
incurred in the exchange offer.
We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for
exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering
holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or
termination of the exchange offer.
22
Expiration Date
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City
time
on 2006,
unless, in our sole discretion, we extend it.
Extensions, Delays in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment
We expressly reserve the right, at any time or various times, to
extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is
open. We may extend the exchange offer and delay acceptance of
any outstanding notes by giving written notice of such extension
to the holders of the notes. During any such extensions, all
outstanding notes previously tendered will remain subject to the
exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange.
In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the
exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will
notify the registered holders of outstanding notes of the
extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, by
press release on the business day after the previously scheduled
expiration date.
If any of the conditions described below under
Conditions to the Exchange Offer have
not been satisfied, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion
|
|
|
|
|
|
to extend the exchange offer and delay accepting for exchange
any outstanding notes or |
|
|
|
|
to terminate the exchange offer, |
by giving oral or written notice of such, extension or
termination to the exchange agent. Subject to the terms of the
registration rights agreement, we also reserve the right to
amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. If we amend
the terms of the exchange offer in a material manner or waive
any material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period
if necessary to provide that at least five business days remain
in the offer period following notice of such waver or material
change.
Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by written
notice thereof to the registered holders of outstanding notes.
If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to
constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such
amendment by means of a prospectus supplement. The supplement
will be distributed to the registered holders of the outstanding
notes. Depending upon the significance of the amendment and the
manner of disclosure to the registered holders, we will extend
the exchange offer if the exchange offer would otherwise expire
during such period.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
We will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any
new notes for, any outstanding notes if the exchange offer, or
the making of any exchange by a holder of outstanding notes,
would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of
the staff of the SEC. Similarly, we may terminate the exchange
offer as provided in this prospectus the expiration of the
exchange offer in the event of such a potential violation.
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the
outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us the
representations described under Purpose and
Effect of the Exchange Offer, Procedures
for Tendering and Plan of Distribution and
such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under
applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to allow us
to use an appropriate form to register the new notes under the
Securities Act.
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the
exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes
not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any
of the conditions to the exchange offer specified above. All of
these conditions must be satisfied or waived at or before the
expiration of the exchange offer. We will give notice of any
extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the
holders of the outstanding notes promptly.
These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert
them or waive them in whole or in part at any time or at various
times in our sole discretion if we waive any conditions we will
do so for all holder of
23
the notes. If we fail at any time to exercise any of these
rights, this failure will not mean that we have waived our
rights. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we
may assert at any time or at various times.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding
notes tendered, and will not issue new notes in exchange for any
such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order has been
threatened or is in effect with respect to the registration
statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the
qualification of the indenture relating to the notes under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
Procedures for Tendering
In order to participate in the exchange offer, you must properly
tender your outstanding notes to the exchange agent as described
below. It is your responsibility to properly tender your notes.
We have the right to waive any defects. However, we are not
required to waive defects and are not required to notify you of
defects in your exchange.
If you have any questions or need help in exchanging your notes,
please call the exchange agent whose address and phone number
are described in the section of the prospectus entitled
Where You Can Find More Information.
All of the outstanding notes were issued in book-entry form, and
all of the outstanding notes are currently represented by global
certificates held for the account of DTC. We have confirmed with
DTC that the outstanding notes may be tendered using the
Automated Tender Offer Program (ATOP) instituted by
DTC. The exchange agent will establish an account with DTC for
purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the commencement
of the exchange offer and DTC participants may electronically
transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing DTC
to transfer their outstanding notes to the exchange agent using
the ATOP procedures. In connection with the transfer, DTC will
send an agents message to the exchange agent.
The agents message will state that DTC has received
instructions from the participant to tender outstanding notes
and that the participant agrees to be bound by the terms of the
letter of transmittal.
By using the ATOP procedures to exchange outstanding notes, you
will not be required to deliver a letter of transmittal to the
exchange agent. However, you will be bound by its terms just as
if you had signed it.
There is no procedure for guaranteed late delivery of the notes.
|
|
|
Determinations Under the Exchange Offer |
We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the
validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance of
tendered outstanding notes and withdrawal of tendered
outstanding notes. Our determination will be final and binding.
We reserve the absolute right to reject any outstanding notes
not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance of
which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also
reserve the right to waive any defect, irregularities or
conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange
offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal,
will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, all
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of
outstanding notes must be cured within such time as we shall
determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes,
neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur
any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of
outstanding notes will not be deemed made until such defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes
received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered
and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been
cured or waived will be returned to the tendering holder as soon
as practicable following the expiration date.
|
|
|
When We Will Issue New Notes |
In all cases, we will issue new notes for outstanding notes that
we have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only
after the exchange agent receives, prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the expiration date,
24
|
|
|
|
|
a book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the
exchange agents account at DTC; and |
|
|
|
a properly transmitted agents message. |
|
|
|
Return of Outstanding Notes Not Accepted or
Exchanged |
If we do not accept any tendered outstanding notes for exchange
or if outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal
amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or
non-exchanged outstanding notes will be returned without expense
to their tendering holder. Such non-exchanged outstanding notes
will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. These
actions will occur promptly following the expiration or
termination of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
Your Representations to Us |
By agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will
represent to us that, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
any new notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary
course of your business; |
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or
entity to participate in the distribution of the new notes; |
|
|
|
you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the
distribution of the new notes; |
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your
own account in exchange for outstanding notes, you acquired
those notes as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus, as
required by law, in connection with any resale of such new
notes; and |
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act. |
Withdrawal of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may
withdraw your tender at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. New
York City time on the expiration date. For a withdrawal to be
effective you must comply with the appropriate procedures of
DTCs ATOP system. Any notice of withdrawal must specify
the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with
withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the
procedures of DTC.
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form,
eligibility and time of receipt of notice of withdrawal. Our
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will
deem any outstanding notes so withdrawn not to have been validly
tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.
Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but
that are not exchanged for any reason will be credited to an
account maintained with DTC for the outstanding notes. This
return or crediting will take place promptly after withdrawal,
rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You
may retender properly withdrawn outstanding notes by following
the procedures described under Procedures for
Tendering above at any time on or prior to the expiration
date.
Fees and Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal
solicitation is being made by mail; however, we may make
additional solicitation by telegraph, telephone or in person by
our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers
or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will,
however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees
for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses.
25
We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with
the exchange offer. They include:
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fees; |
|
|
|
fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee; |
|
|
|
accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and |
|
|
|
related fees and expenses. |
Transfer Taxes
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The
tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer
taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
person, if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
If you do not exchange new notes for your outstanding notes
under the exchange offer, you will remain subject to the
existing restrictions on transfer of the outstanding notes. In
general, you may not offer or sell the outstanding notes unless
they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or
sale is exempt from the registration under the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the
registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register
resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
Accounting Treatment
We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the
same carrying value as the outstanding notes. This carrying
value is the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes
less any bond discount, as reflected in our accounting records
on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any
gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the
exchange offer.
Other
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should
carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult
your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on
what action to take.
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding
notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions,
through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no
present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not
tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration
statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.
26
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
OF CARDTRONICS, INC.
The following selected historical consolidated financial and
operating data should be read together with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and
2004 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 have
been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as
of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, and the statements of
operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and
2001 have been derived from our historical financial statements,
which are not included in this prospectus. The selected
consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 and
the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the
three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively,
have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results
to be expected in the future.
Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31,
2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and
2002, and the interim periods of 2005, have been restated to
correct the accounting for the deferred financing costs
associated with our credit facilities and the impact that
various modifications related to those credit facilities have
had on such deferred financing costs. In addition, the interim
financial information for 2005 has been restated to record
compensation expense associated with the repurchase of shares
underlying certain employee stock options as part of our
Series B preferred stock financing transaction in February
2005. See Restatement of Financial
Statements Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months | |
|
|
|
|
Ended March 31, | |
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2001 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
66,331 |
|
|
$ |
56,072 |
|
|
$ |
258,992 |
|
|
$ |
182,711 |
|
|
$ |
101,950 |
|
|
$ |
59,183 |
|
|
$ |
33,868 |
|
|
ATM product sales and other revenues(1)
|
|
|
2,811 |
|
|
|
2,192 |
|
|
|
9,973 |
|
|
|
10,204 |
|
|
|
8,493 |
|
|
|
9,603 |
|
|
|
11,220 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
69,142 |
|
|
|
58,264 |
|
|
|
268,965 |
|
|
|
192,915 |
|
|
|
110,443 |
|
|
|
68,786 |
|
|
|
45,088 |
|
Cost of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
|
50,500 |
|
|
|
44,447 |
|
|
|
199,763 |
|
|
|
143,504 |
|
|
|
80,286 |
|
|
|
49,134 |
|
|
|
29,121 |
|
|
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues(1)
|
|
|
2,599 |
|
|
|
1,960 |
|
|
|
9,685 |
|
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
7,903 |
|
|
|
8,984 |
|
|
|
12,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and
amortization shown separately below)
|
|
|
53,099 |
|
|
|
46,407 |
|
|
|
209,448 |
|
|
|
152,207 |
|
|
|
88,189 |
|
|
|
58,118 |
|
|
|
41,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
16,043 |
|
|
|
11,857 |
|
|
|
59,517 |
|
|
|
40,708 |
|
|
|
22,254 |
|
|
|
10,668 |
|
|
|
3,878 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
1,810 |
|
|
|
2,201 |
|
|
|
956 |
|
|
|
1,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,221 |
|
|
|
Other selling, general and administrative expenses(2)(3)
|
|
|
4,716 |
|
|
|
2,954 |
|
|
|
15,664 |
|
|
|
12,615 |
|
|
|
5,644 |
|
|
|
6,142 |
|
|
|
2,704 |
|
|
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
|
4,217 |
|
|
|
2,244 |
|
|
|
12,951 |
|
|
|
6,785 |
|
|
|
3,632 |
|
|
|
1,650 |
|
|
|
957 |
|
|
Amortization expense(4)
|
|
|
5,016 |
|
|
|
1,558 |
|
|
|
8,980 |
|
|
|
5,508 |
|
|
|
3,842 |
|
|
|
1,641 |
|
|
|
554 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
14,071 |
|
|
|
8,566 |
|
|
|
39,796 |
|
|
|
25,864 |
|
|
|
14,703 |
|
|
|
9,433 |
|
|
|
6,436 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
1,972 |
|
|
|
3,291 |
|
|
|
19,721 |
|
|
|
14,844 |
|
|
|
7,551 |
|
|
|
1,235 |
|
|
|
(2,558 |
) |
Other expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
5,664 |
|
|
|
1,854 |
|
|
|
13,101 |
|
|
|
4,156 |
|
|
|
1,629 |
|
|
|
729 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
Amortization and write-off of financing costs and bond
discount(5)
|
|
|
878 |
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
9,325 |
|
|
|
1,079 |
|
|
|
528 |
|
|
|
310 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
Minority interest in subsidiary
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other(6)
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
|
|
968 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expenses
|
|
|
6,731 |
|
|
|
2,401 |
|
|
|
23,409 |
|
|
|
5,463 |
|
|
|
2,263 |
|
|
|
1,097 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,759 |
) |
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
(3,688 |
) |
|
|
9,381 |
|
|
|
5,288 |
|
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
(3,036 |
) |
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,635 |
) |
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
(1,270 |
) |
|
|
3,576 |
|
|
|
1,955 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
(997 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle
|
|
|
(3,124 |
) |
|
|
569 |
|
|
|
(2,418 |
) |
|
|
5,805 |
|
|
|
3,333 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
(2,039 |
) |
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset
retirement obligations, net of related income tax benefit of
$80(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(3,124 |
) |
|
|
569 |
|
|
|
(2,418 |
) |
|
|
5,805 |
|
|
|
3,199 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
(2,039 |
) |
Preferred stock dividends and accretion expense(8)
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
1,196 |
|
|
|
1,395 |
|
|
|
2,312 |
|
|
|
2,089 |
|
|
|
1,880 |
|
|
|
741 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(3,190 |
) |
|
$ |
(627 |
) |
|
$ |
(3,813 |
) |
|
$ |
3,493 |
|
|
$ |
1,110 |
|
|
$ |
(1,853 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,780 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
|
|
|
March 31, | |
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2001 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except ratios and numbers of ATMs) | |
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5 |
x |
|
|
1.3 |
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
$ |
(817 |
) |
|
$ |
9,995 |
|
|
$ |
33,207 |
|
|
$ |
20,466 |
|
|
$ |
21,629 |
|
|
$ |
4,491 |
|
|
$ |
(1,929 |
) |
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
(4,118 |
) |
|
|
(13,122 |
) |
|
|
(139,960 |
) |
|
|
(118,926 |
) |
|
|
(29,663 |
) |
|
|
(15,023 |
) |
|
|
(7,496 |
) |
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
7,233 |
|
|
|
2,069 |
|
|
|
107,234 |
|
|
|
94,318 |
|
|
|
10,404 |
|
|
|
10,741 |
|
|
|
12,066 |
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of ATMs (at period end)
|
|
|
26,207 |
|
|
|
24,661 |
|
|
|
26,208 |
|
|
|
24,581 |
|
|
|
12,021 |
|
|
|
8,298 |
|
|
|
6,707 |
|
Total transactions
|
|
|
40,827 |
|
|
|
33,415 |
|
|
|
156,851 |
|
|
|
111,577 |
|
|
|
64,605 |
|
|
|
36,212 |
|
|
|
19,865 |
|
Total surcharge transactions
|
|
|
26,174 |
|
|
|
24,293 |
|
|
|
106,613 |
|
|
|
82,087 |
|
|
|
48,778 |
|
|
|
28,978 |
|
|
|
16,027 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, | |
|
|
March 31, | |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2001 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
3,971 |
|
|
$ |
1,699 |
|
|
$ |
1,412 |
|
|
$ |
5,554 |
|
|
$ |
3,184 |
|
|
$ |
2,975 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
342,353 |
|
|
|
343,751 |
|
|
|
197,667 |
|
|
|
65,295 |
|
|
|
34,843 |
|
|
|
25,373 |
|
Total long-term debt, including current portion
|
|
|
251,887 |
|
|
|
247,582 |
|
|
|
128,541 |
|
|
|
31,371 |
|
|
|
18,475 |
|
|
|
8,620 |
|
Preferred stock(10)
|
|
|
76,395 |
|
|
|
76,329 |
|
|
|
23,634 |
|
|
|
21,322 |
|
|
|
19,233 |
|
|
|
15,453 |
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(49,898 |
) |
|
|
(49,084 |
) |
|
|
(340 |
) |
|
|
(6,329 |
) |
|
|
(9,024 |
) |
|
|
(7,065 |
) |
|
|
|
(1) |
ATM product sales and other revenues consist primarily of
revenues from the sale of equipment to our merchant-owned
customer base and our associate value added resellers as well as
other miscellaneous non-transaction based revenues. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Reflects a one-time bonus of $1.8 million made to our chief
executive officer in 2004 related to the tax liability
associated with a related restricted stock grant. See
note 5 to our consolidated financial statements. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Reflects the write-off in 2004 of approximately
$1.8 million in costs associated with our terminated
initial public offering and related costs. |
|
|
|
(4) |
Includes impairment charges of $2.8 million and
$1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006
and the year ended December 31, 2005, respectively. |
|
|
|
(5) |
Reflects the write-off of $4.9 million in financing costs
in 2005 associated with the repayment of our term loans
resulting from the issuance of our senior subordinated notes. |
|
|
|
(6) |
Other expenses primarily consists of losses on the sale or
disposal of assets. |
|
|
|
(7) |
Reflects the effect of our adoption of SFAS No. 143.
See note 1(n) to our consolidated financial statements. |
|
|
|
(8) |
Reflects non-cash dividends on our Series A Preferred
Stock, which was redeemed in February 2005. Subsequent to the
redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, the amount
reflects the accretion of the Series B Preferred Stock
issuance costs. |
|
|
|
(9) |
For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, earnings are defined as our income from operations
before income taxes and fixed charges (excluding the effects of
any preferred stock dividends and related accretion expense).
Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness,
amortization of debt issuance costs, the interest portion of
lease payments, and preferred stock dividends and accretion
expense. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by
approximately $4.8 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2006, $0.9 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2005, $5.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, $2.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002, and $4.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001. The pro forma effect of the refinancing
of our existing term loans with the senior subordinated notes
did not change our historical ratio of earnings to fixed charges
for the year ended December 31, 2005 by more than
10 percent. Accordingly, no pro forma ratio has been
presented herein. |
|
|
|
|
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges calculations exclude
costs incurred with respect to our vault cash rental obligations
as such costs are not considered to be fixed charges for
purposes of computing such ratios. Such costs totaled
approximately $4.8 million and $2.8 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively,
and $15.7 million, $10.2 million, $5.5 million,
$2.7 million and $1.2 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. |
|
|
(10) |
The amount reflected on our balance sheet is shown net of
issuance costs of $1.6 million and $1.7 million as of
March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.
The aggregate redemption price for the preferred stock was
approximately $78.0 million as of March 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005. |
28
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with the
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements that are based on managements current
expectations, estimates and projections about our business and
operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those
currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking
statements as a result of a number of factors, including those
we discuss under Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Restatement of Financial Statements
Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31,
2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003,
and the nine months ended September 30, 2005, have been
restated to correct the accounting for the deferred financing
costs associated with our credit facilities and the impact that
various modifications related to those credit facilities have
had on such deferred financing costs.
During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the
nine months ended September 30, 2005, as a result of
multiple modifications to our credit facilities, we had
previously expensed approximately $2.5 million,
$1.4 million, and $3.4 million, respectively, in
financing costs paid in connection with those and prior
modifications. Upon further review of the guidance contained in
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue
No. 96-19, Debtors Accounting for a Modification
or Exchange of Debt Instruments, and EITF Issue
No. 98-14, Debtors Accounting for Changes in
Line-of-Credit or Revolving-Debt Arrangements, we determined
that we had expensed too much of the aforementioned costs in
2004 and 2003, and too little of the aforementioned costs in
2005. Further, we determined that we should have recorded an
additional expense amount in September 2002 in connection with a
modification to our credit facility as of such date. The impact
of the reversal of a portion of the amounts expensed in 2004 and
2003 was partially offset by the subsequent amortization of
those costs over the terms of the related loans. In August 2005,
all of the term loans associated with our credit facilities were
repaid in full; therefore, all unamortized deferred financing
costs associated with such term loans were expensed in full as
part of such extinguishment.
As a result of the correction of the aforementioned items, we
have recorded adjustments to increase (decrease) our income
before income taxes by the following amounts for the periods
shown below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2002
|
|
$ |
(157 |
) |
Year ended December 31, 2003
|
|
|
1,189 |
|
Year ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
1,815 |
|
Nine months ended September 30, 2005
|
|
|
(2,369 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
478 |
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to the above adjustments, our unaudited interim
financial statements for the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 have been restated to record
approximately $1.8 million in compensation expense
associated with the repurchase of the shares underlying certain
employee stock options as part of our Series B preferred
stock financing transaction in February 2005. Approximately
$1.6 million of such amount has been reflected in selling,
general and administrative expenses and approximately
$0.2 million has been reflected in cost of ATM operating
revenues in the accompanying consolidated statement of
operations.
The effects of the aforementioned restatements have been fully
reflected in the following Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations section. Additionally, reference is made to
Note 2 in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 for
additional details on the restatement process and the impact
such restatements had on our previously issued annual and
interim financial statements.
29
Overview
We operate a network of approximately 26,000 ATMs operating in
all 50 states and within the United Kingdom and Mexico. Our
extensive ATM network is strengthened by multi-year contractual
relationships with a wide variety of nationally and
internationally known merchants pursuant to which we operate
ATMs in their locations.
ATM Management Programs
We deploy ATMs under two distinct arrangements with our merchant
partners:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company-owned. Under a company-owned arrangement, we own
or lease the ATM and are responsible for controlling
substantially all aspects of its operation. These
responsibilities include what we refer to as first line
maintenance, such as replacing paper, clearing paper or bill
jams, resetting the ATM and any telecommunications and power
issues or other maintenance activities that do not require a
trained service technician. We are also responsible for what we
refer to as second line maintenance, or more complex maintenance
procedures that require trained service technicians and often
involve replacing component parts. In addition to first and
second line maintenance, we are responsible for arranging for
cash, cash loading, supplies, telecommunications service and all
other services required for the operation of the ATM, other than
electricity. We typically pay a fee, either periodically, on a
per-transaction basis or a combination of both, to the merchant
on whose premises the ATM is physically located. We operate a
limited number of our company-owned ATMs on a merchant-assisted
basis. In these arrangements, we own or lease the ATM and
provide all transaction processing services, but the merchant
generally is responsible for providing and loading cash for the
ATM and first line maintenance. Typically, we deploy ATMs under
company-owned arrangements for our national and regional
merchant customers, such as Amerada Hess, BP Amoco, Chevron,
Costco, CVS Pharmacy, Duane Reade, ExxonMobil, Mills Malls,
Sunoco, Target and Walgreens in the United States, and Alfred
Jones, Co-Op, Mitchells & Butlers, the U.K. Post
Office, Tates, Tesco and TM Retail in the United Kingdom.
Because company-owned locations are controlled by us, are
usually located in major national chains, and are thus more
likely candidates for additional sources of revenue such as bank
branding, company-owned locations generally offer higher
transaction volumes and greater profitability, which we consider
necessary to justify the upfront capital cost of installing such
machines. As of March 31, 2006, we operated approximately
11,800 ATMs under company-owned arrangements. |
|
|
|
|
|
Merchant-owned. Under a merchant-owned arrangement, the
merchant owns the ATM and is responsible for its maintenance and
most of the operating costs. We typically provide all
transaction processing services and, in some cases, retain
responsibility for providing and loading cash. We typically
operate ATMs with our independent merchant customers under
merchant-owned arrangements. A merchant who purchases an ATM
from us is typically responsible for providing cash for the ATM
and all maintenance. The merchant is also responsible for cash
loading, supplies, telecommunication and electrical services.
Under these arrangements, we sometimes retain responsibility for
second line maintenance for an additional fee, and we provide
all transaction processing services. Because the merchant bears
more of the costs associated with operating ATMs under this
arrangement, the merchant typically receives a higher fee on a
per-transaction basis than is the case under a company-owned
arrangement. In a limited number of our merchant-owned
arrangements, we have assumed responsibility for providing and
loading cash. Accordingly, under these arrangements, the
merchant receives a smaller fee on a per-transaction basis than
in the typical merchant-owned arrangement. As of March 31,
2006, we operated approximately 14,100 ATMs under merchant-owned
arrangements. |
|
In the future, we expect the percentage of our company-owned and
merchant-owned arrangements to continue to fluctuate in response
to the mix of ATMs we add through internal growth and
acquisitions. While we may continue to add merchant-owned ATMs
to our network as a result of acquisitions and internal sales
efforts, our focus for internal growth will remain on expanding
the number of company-owned ATMs in our network.
30
The table below reflects the split of our revenues and gross
profit amounts between company-owned and merchant-owned ATMs for
the periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three | |
|
|
|
|
Months Ended | |
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
March 31, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company-owned:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
58% |
|
|
|
48% |
|
|
|
54% |
|
|
|
55% |
|
|
|
61% |
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
69% |
|
|
|
60% |
|
|
|
67% |
|
|
|
68% |
|
|
|
73% |
|
Merchant-owned:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
42% |
|
|
|
52% |
|
|
|
46% |
|
|
|
45% |
|
|
|
39% |
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
31% |
|
|
|
40% |
|
|
|
33% |
|
|
|
32% |
|
|
|
27% |
|
As noted in the table above, the percentage of our total
revenues and gross margin attributable to merchant-owned
arrangements increased in 2004 (with a corresponding decrease in
the percentage of our total revenues and gross margin
attributable to company-owned arrangements) due to the large
number of merchant-owned ATMs we acquired in the E*TRADE Access
acquisition. The slight decline in the percentage of our total
revenues and gross margin attributable to company-owned
arrangements during 2005 was due to the fact that the results
for 2004 only reflect the effects of the E*TRADE Access
acquisition for the last six months of that year, thus diluting
the impact of the acquired merchant-owned ATMs on the entire
years results. However, such trend began to reverse during
the three months ended March 31, 2006, as indicated in the
table above. Such reversal is primarily due to our Bank Machine
acquisition and the two acquisitions consummated in March and
April of 2005, which were primarily comprised of company-owned
ATMs, and the continued growth in our existing company-owned
merchant portfolio base.
We have generally experienced very little turnover among our
customers with whom we typically enter into company-owned
arrangements and have been very successful in negotiating
contract renewals with such customers. Additionally, we have
experienced some turnover among our smaller merchant customers
operating under merchant-owned arrangements. However, these
losses have historically been partially offset by the addition
of other similar customers, with the level of ATMs operated
under these arrangements trending downward slightly (excluding
the effects of acquisitions). In each year prior to 2003, we
experienced an increase in the number of ATMs operated under
merchant-owned arrangements. However, in 2003, excluding the
effect of acquisitions, we experienced a net loss of
approximately 3.5% of our ATMs operated under merchant-owned
arrangements. This net loss primarily reflected the loss of ATMs
with monthly transaction volumes lower than the average for all
ATMs operated under similar arrangements, a situation that often
indicates an ATM is no longer economically feasible for the
owner to operate. In addition, this net loss also reflects our
reduction in sales and marketing efforts directed at placing
ATMs under these types of arrangements in favor of increasing
our focus on company-owned accounts and acquisitions of existing
portfolios of ATMs. For the year ended December 31, 2004,
and without giving effect to our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we
experienced a net loss of less than 2.5% of our ATMs operated
under merchant-owned arrangements, generally due to
circumstances similar to those described for prior periods.
However, for the year ended December 31, 2005, the net loss
increased to 8.7%, primarily due to a recent internal initiative
launched by us to aggressively identify, restructure or
eliminate certain underperforming merchant-owned accounts. We
are also working to identify the more profitable merchant-owned
accounts and are working closely with those merchants to renew
or extend their current ATM operating agreements with us.
Because this initiative was just implemented, we cannot
accurately predict the results of such efforts and whether we
will be successful in reducing the aforementioned downward
trend. Furthermore, because of our efforts to eliminate certain
underperforming accounts, this downward trend may increase in
the near term before leveling off at some point in the future.
31
Components of Revenues, Cost of Revenues and Expenses
Revenues. We derive our revenues primarily from providing
ATM services and, to a lesser extent, from our branding
arrangements and our sales of ATM equipment. Our revenues from
ATM services have increased rapidly in recent years due to the
acquisitions we completed since 2001, as well as through
internal expansion of our existing and acquired ATM networks.
In our consolidated statements of operations, we present
revenues from ATM services and branding arrangements as
ATM operating revenues. These revenues include the
fees we earn per transaction completed on our network as well as
fees we generate from network and bank branding arrangements and
from providing certain maintenance services. We present revenues
from the sale of ATMs and other non-transaction based revenues
as ATM product sales and other revenues. These
revenues consist primarily of sales of ATMs and related
equipment to merchants operating under merchant-owned
arrangements, as well as sales under our value added reseller
program with NCR.
Our ATM operating revenues primarily consist of the three
following components: surcharge revenue, interchange revenue and
branding revenue. The following table sets forth information on
our surcharge, interchange and branding revenues per
surcharge-bearing transaction and on our interchange revenues
per total transaction. The following table also includes pro
forma information that gives effect to our Bank Machine
acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2005. Total
transactions represents all transactions made at our ATMs,
including transactions on which we do not earn surcharge revenue
but do earn varying amounts of interchange revenue, such as
balance inquiries, fund transfers, transactions on ATMs included
in surcharge-free networks and branded ATMs, and some denials.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months | |
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Years Ended | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
March 31, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Per surcharge-bearing transaction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Surcharge revenue
|
|
$ |
1.74 |
|
|
$ |
1.59 |
|
|
$ |
1.70 |
|
|
$ |
1.53 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
$ |
1.72 |
|
|
Interchange revenue
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
0.64 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
|
|
Branding revenue
|
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
Per transaction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interchange revenue
|
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Surcharge revenue. A surcharge fee represents a
convenience fee paid by the cardholder for making a cash
withdrawal from an ATM. Surcharge fees are most typically
associated with cash withdrawal transactions and generally are
not generated by balance inquiries, fund transfers and, in some
cases, cash withdrawals from ATMs from which we earn branding
revenues. Surcharge fees often vary by the type of arrangement
under which we place our ATMs. Our transaction surcharges
averaged approximately $1.74 per surcharge-bearing
transaction for the three months ended March 31, 2006,
$1.70 per surcharge-bearing transaction for the year ended
December 31, 2005 ($1.72 on a pro forma basis for the Bank
Machine acquisition), and approximately $1.53 per
surcharge-bearing transaction for the year ended
December 31, 2004. Surcharge fees can vary widely based on
the location of the ATM and the nature of the contracts
negotiated with our merchants. Furthermore, surcharge fees in
the United Kingdom are typically higher than the surcharge fees
received in the United States, thus explaining the increases
reflected in the table above for 2006 and 2005. In the future,
we expect that surcharge fees per surcharge-bearing transaction
will vary depending upon negotiated surcharge fees at newly
deployed ATMs and future negotiations with existing merchant
partners, and our ongoing efforts to improve profitability
through improved pricing. For those ATMs that we own or operate
on surcharge-free networks, we generally receive interchange
revenue as described in the following paragraph. |
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interchange revenue. An interchange fee is a fee paid by
the cardholders financial institution for the use of the
applicable electronic funds transfer network that transmits data
between the ATM and the cardholders financial institution
in connection with any ATM transaction, including balance
inquiries, transfers and surcharge-free transactions, including
those under branding arrangements. We receive a portion of the
interchange fee paid to the electronic funds transfer network.
In the United States, interchange fees are earned not only
on cash withdrawal transactions, but also on other ATM
transactions such as balance inquiries and fund transfers. In
the United Kingdom, interchange fees are earned on all ATM
transactions other than surcharge-bearing cash withdrawals.
Interchange fees are set by the electronic funds transfer
networks and vary according to electronic funds transfer network
arrangements with financial institutions, as well as the type of
transaction. Interchange fees are typically lower for balance
inquiries and fund transfers and higher for withdrawals. For the
three months ended March 31, 2006, we received
approximately $0.63 in interchange fees per surcharge-bearing
transaction. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we
received approximately $0.62 in interchange fees per
surcharge-bearing transaction on both a historical and pro forma
basis (for the Bank Machine acquisition). For the year ended
December 31, 2004, we received $0.63 in interchange fees
per surcharge-bearing transaction compared to $0.60 for the year
ended December 31, 2003. Interchange fees per
surcharge-bearing transaction increased in 2004 due to the
increase in the number of transactions on ATMs included in
surcharge-free networks and branded ATMs, which generate
interchange fees, but do not generate surcharge fees and, as a
result, are not included in the number of surcharge-bearing
transactions. We believe that our future interchange fees per
surcharge-bearing transaction will be consistent with the pro
forma amount reflected above. |
|
|
|
|
|
Branding revenue. We generate branding revenue in a
variety of ways. We allow financial institutions to place
signage on, or brand, our ATMs. Under this arrangement, we allow
the branding financial institutions customers to use
branded ATMs without paying a surcharge fee. In exchange, the
branding financial institution pays us a fixed monthly fee per
branded ATM. We believe that this type of branding arrangement
will typically result in an increase in transaction levels at
the branded ATMs as existing customers continue to use the ATMs
and new customers of the branding financial institution are
attracted by the surcharge-free service. We also believe that
having a major bank brand on an ATM leads to increased
surchargable transactions from customers other than those of the
branding bank. Fees paid for branding an ATM vary widely within
our industry, as well as within our own operations. We expect
that this variance in branding fees will continue in the future.
However, because our strategy is to set branding fees at levels
sufficient to offset lost surcharge revenue, we do not expect
any such variance to cause a decrease in our total revenues. |
|
|
|
|
We also generate branding revenue from the ATMs we include in a
nationwide surcharge-free ATM network of which we are the
largest member and owner (effective December 21, 2005).
Substantially all of our domestic ATMs participate in this
network. Under this arrangement, cardholders of the institutions
that participate in the network use our ATMs included in the
network free of surcharge fees in exchange for a payment to us
of a fixed monthly fee per cardholder, which is paid by such
cardholders financial institution. |
The profitability of any particular ATM location, and of our
entire ATM services operation, is driven by a combination of
surcharge, interchange and branding revenues, as well as the
level of our related costs. Accordingly, material changes in our
average surcharge fee or average interchange fee may be offset
by branding or other ancillary revenues, or by changes in our
cost structure. Because a variance in our average surcharge fee
or our average interchange fee is not necessarily indicative of
a commensurate change in our profitability, you should consider
these measures only in the context of our overall financial
results.
33
The following table depicts the breakdown of our total ATM
operating revenues by its various components for the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Months Ended | |
|
|
|
|
March 31, | |
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Surcharge revenues
|
|
|
68.6% |
|
|
|
68.9% |
|
|
|
69.9% |
|
|
|
68.9% |
|
|
|
68.6% |
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
24.7% |
|
|
|
27.7% |
|
|
|
25.7% |
|
|
|
28.3% |
|
|
|
28.5% |
|
Branding revenues
|
|
|
4.5% |
|
|
|
2.0% |
|
|
|
2.6% |
|
|
|
1.3% |
|
|
|
1.0% |
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
2.2% |
|
|
|
1.4% |
|
|
|
1.8% |
|
|
|
1.5% |
|
|
|
1.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total ATM operating revenues
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our ATM product sales and other revenues are primarily comprised
of revenues from the sale of ATMs and related equipment to
merchant customers operating under merchant-owned arrangements
and associate value added resellers, and other non
transaction-based revenues. While we expect to continue to
derive a portion of our revenues from direct sales of ATMs in
the future, we expect that this source of revenue will continue
to decrease slightly as a percentage of our total revenues in
future periods.
Cost of revenues. Our cost of revenues associated with
ATM transactions completed on our ATM network includes:
|
|
|
|
|
Merchant fees. We pay our merchants a fee that depends on
a variety of factors, including the type of arrangement under
which the ATM is placed and the number of transactions at that
ATM. |
|
|
|
|
Processing fees. We pay fees to third-party vendors for
processing transactions originated at our ATMs. These vendors,
which include Star Systems, Fiserv, Inc. and Genpass,
communicate with the cardholders financial institution
through electronic funds transfer networks to gain transaction
authorization and to settle transactions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of cash. Cost of cash includes all costs associated
with the provision of cash by us for our ATMs, including fees
for the use of cash, armored courier services, insurance, cash
reconciliation and associated wire fees. Changes in interest
rates could affect our cost of cash, although we have entered
into a number of interest rate swap transactions to hedge our
exposure through 2010 on varying amounts of our current and
anticipated outstanding domestic ATM cash balances. |
|
|
|
|
|
Communications. Under our company-owned arrangements, we
are responsible for expenses associated with providing
telecommunications capabilities to the ATMs, allowing the ATMs
to connect with the applicable electronic funds transfer network. |
|
|
|
|
Repairs and maintenance. Depending on the type of
arrangement with the merchant, we may be responsible for first
and/or second line maintenance for the ATM. We typically manage
the provision of these services by third parties with national
operations. Our primary maintenance vendors are Diebold, NCR and
EFMARK. |
|
|
|
|
Direct operations. These expenses consist of costs
associated with managing our ATM network, including expenses for
monitoring the ATMs, program managers, technicians and customer
service representatives. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of equipment revenue. In connection with the sale of
equipment to merchants and value added resellers, we incur costs
associated with purchasing equipment from manufacturers, as well
as delivery and installation expenses. |
|
We define variable costs as those incurred on a per transaction
basis. Processing fees and the majority of merchant fees fall
under this category. Processing fees and merchant fees accounted
for approximately 61% of our cost of ATM operating revenues in
2005. Therefore, we estimate that approximately 39% of our cost
of ATM operating revenues is generally fixed in nature, meaning
that any significant decrease in transaction
34
volumes would lead to a decrease in the profitability of our ATM
service operations, unless there were an offsetting increase in
per-transaction revenues. See Results of Operations
below for additional information.
Our indirect operating expenses include general and
administrative expenses related to administration, salaries,
benefits, advertising and marketing, depreciation of the ATMs we
own, amortization of our acquired merchant contracts, and
interest expense related to borrowings under our bank credit
facility and our senior subordinated notes. We depreciate our
capital equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated
life of such equipment and amortize the value of acquired
merchant contracts over the estimated lives of such assets.
Because we repaid certain of our lower interest rate bank credit
facilities with the net proceeds received under the higher
interest rate senior subordinated notes offering in August 2005,
our overall level of interest expense will increase in the
future. See Liquidity and Capital
Resources.
Acquisitions
Since May 2001, we have acquired 13 ATM networks and one
operator of a surcharge-free ATM network. Prior to our E*TRADE
Access acquisition, we acquired only assets consisting of ATMs
and, in certain cases, contractual rights to place and operate
ATMs in certain locations. In our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we
acquired substantially all of the assets and operations of the
company, including 13,155 ATMs and related placement agreements,
vendor agreements, operating software relating to the E*TRADE
Access ATMs and E*TRADE Accesss interest in a joint
venture. We also assumed responsibility for certain contingent
liabilities associated with the operations of E*TRADE Access. In
addition, we hired certain employees from E*TRADE Access and
agreed to maintain the E*TRADE Access brand on approximately
8,900 of the acquired ATMs until June 30, 2006.
With respect to the Bank Machine acquisition, we acquired the
entire company, including the related ATMs and underlying
placement agreements as well as the entire infrastructure
associated with the business. Additionally, as part of this
acquisition, we retained Bank Machines existing employee
base of approximately 50 employees, including Bank
Machines existing senior management team, who became
shareholders in Cardtronics.
In addition to the above, we acquired two domestic ATM networks
in March and April of 2005, totaling approximately 805 ATMs and
related placement agreements, for an aggregate cost of
approximately $17.2 million in cash. Furthermore, in
December 2005, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of ATM
National, Inc., the owner and operator of the Allpoint
nationwide surcharge-free ATM network. The consideration for
such acquisition totaled $4.8 million, and was comprised of
$2.6 million in cash, 21,111 shares of our common
stock, and the assumption of approximately $0.4 million in
additional liabilities.
In February 2006, the Company acquired a majority ownership
stake in CCS Mexico, an independent ATM operator located in
Mexico, for approximately $1.0 million in cash
consideration and the assumption of approximately
$0.4 million in additional liabilities. Additionally, the
Company incurred approximately $0.3 million in transaction
costs associated with this acquisition. CCS Mexico, which was
renamed Cardtronics Mexico upon the completion of the
Companys investment, currently operates approximately
300 surcharging ATMs in selected retail locations
throughout Mexico. With Mexico having just recently approved
surcharging for off-premise ATMs, the Company anticipates
placing additional surcharging ATMs in other retail
establishments throughout Mexico as those opportunities arise.
We have historically funded our acquisitions through a
combination of borrowings under our credit facilities, capital
contributions from our equity investors, the sale of bonds, and
cash generated from operations. Other than our Bank Machine,
E*TRADE Access, ATM National, Inc. and CCS Mexico acquisitions,
we have not acquired any legal entities and generally do not
assume employees, physical facilities, sales forces or trade
names. As of the date of this prospectus, excluding the Bank
Machine acquisition, all supporting activities, including supply
of cash, communications, network processing services,
maintenance services, customer service, sales and
administration, have been changed to our operating platform and
service providers subsequent to the closing of the transaction.
With respect to the Bank Machine
35
acquisition, Bank Machines existing operating platform is
expected to remain intact and serve as a platform for future
growth within the United Kingdom and possibly Europe.
Once we purchase a portfolio of ATMs and merchant contracts and
integrate them into our operating platform, operating expenses
are typically reduced, thus enhancing the profitability of the
portfolio. Our ability to reduce operating expenses and improve
ATM profitability is largely the result of the better pricing
terms we enjoy from our service providers. For example, in
connection with an acquisition in 2003, we were able to reduce
the cost of communications service for the acquired ATMs by
approximately 83% when we transitioned the ATMs to a different
communications configuration with our existing communications
service provider. Additionally, in connection with our
acquisitions in 2003, we were able to reduce our processing
costs at the time of closing by amounts ranging from 3.6% to
42.5%.
Similarly, in connection with our E*TRADE Access acquisition in
2004, we have been able to reduce operating expenses associated
with the acquired operations in a number of areas, including:
|
|
|
|
|
The transfer of cash management and vault cash services for
approximately 2,500 ATMs to our preferred cash management and
vault cash providers; |
|
|
|
The transfer of maintenance services for approximately 10,000
E*TRADE Access ATMs from the existing provider to our preferred
maintenance service provider; |
|
|
|
The transfer of processing services for approximately 1,600 ATMs
to our preferred service provider; and |
|
|
|
The transfer of armored car service used in the transportation
of cash for approximately 1,000 ATMs to our preferred service
provider. |
The majority of the resulting cost savings initiatives were
implemented during 2004, and finalized throughout 2005 and the
first two months of 2006.
As discussed above, the existing operating platform associated
with the Bank Machine acquisition has remained largely intact
subsequent to the acquisition due to the geographic disparities
between the acquired platform and our existing domestic
platform. Accordingly, the opportunities to reduce operating
expenses by converting the acquired platform to our operating
platform are expected to be more limited than what we have
experienced historically with our domestic acquisitions.
In addition to changes in operating expenses as discussed above,
the revenues produced by the acquired ATM portfolios may also
change as we alter the mix between surcharge and branding
arrangements with our merchant clients and financial sponsors.
For example, if we are successful in negotiating branding
arrangements for our ATMs, there may be a shift in the revenue
mix between surcharge revenue and branding revenue. Under a
branding arrangement, we do not charge surcharge fees to the
branding financial institutions customers. On the other
hand, total withdrawal transactions at the branded ATMs
typically increase, as existing customers continue to use the
ATMs and new customers of the branding financial institution are
attracted by the surcharge-free service. Accordingly, we
typically expect interchange revenue to increase since we
receive interchange fees on all withdrawal transactions. In
addition, we would also receive a negotiated branding fee.
Our acquisitions have significantly increased the size of our
operations over the periods discussed in Results of
Operations below and, accordingly, fundamentally affect
the comparability of our results of operations for the periods
discussed in this discussion and analysis. For example, revenues
increased from $26.0 million in 2000 to $269.0 million
in 2005, while our gross profit increased from $3.9 million
to $59.5 million over the same period. Moreover, because we
completed the E*TRADE Access acquisition on June 30, 2004
and the Bank Machine acquisition on May 17, 2005, the
impact of these acquisitions is not fully reflected in our
historical operating results. The addition of 13,155 ATMs from
the E*TRADE Access acquisition has had a significant effect on
our results of operations, and we expect the Bank Machine
acquisition of approximately 1,000 ATMs in the United Kingdom
will have a significant effect going forward. Information with
respect to the pro forma impact of the Bank Machine acquisition
on our prior financial periods can be evaluated by reviewing the
pro forma condensed consolidated financial information and the
36
historical consolidated financial information of the Bank
Machine ATM business included elsewhere in this prospectus.
These and any future acquisitions will continue to affect our
results of operations.
Consistent with our business strategy, we engage from time to
time in discussions with potential sellers regarding the
possible purchase by us of their ATM portfolios. Such
acquisition efforts may involve participation by us in processes
that have been made public, involve a number of potential buyers
and are commonly referred to as auction processes,
as well as situations where we believe we are the only party or
one of a limited number of potential buyers in negotiations with
the potential seller. These acquisition efforts could involve
assets which, if acquired, would have a material effect on our
financial condition and results of operations. We can give no
assurance that our current or future acquisition efforts will be
successful or that any such acquisition will be completed on
terms considered favorable to us.
We have set forth below a summary of our acquisition activity
from May 2001 through December 2003. After acquiring a network
of ATMs, we track its growth and operating performance on a
stand-alone basis, as well as on a consolidated basis with our
results as a whole. We believe this information is helpful in
understanding the effect of these acquisitions on our growth, as
well as the growth experienced through increased deployment of
ATMs with the acquired merchant base in each of these ATM
networks following its acquisition and integration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of ATMs | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, | |
|
Net | |
|
|
At Closing | |
|
2006 | |
|
Increase | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2001 Acquisitions
|
|
|
878 |
|
|
|
1,197 |
|
|
|
319 |
|
2002 Acquisitions
|
|
|
1,195 |
|
|
|
1,210 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
2003 Acquisitions
|
|
|
3,689 |
|
|
|
4,787 |
|
|
|
1,098 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,762 |
|
|
|
7,194 |
|
|
|
1,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table reflects the results of the E*TRADE Access
portfolio that was acquired in June 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of ATMs | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, | |
|
Net | |
|
|
At Closing | |
|
2006 | |
|
Decrease | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Total
|
|
|
13,155 |
|
|
|
11,298 |
|
|
|
(1,857 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As noted above, the number of ATMs we acquired as part of the
E*TRADE Access acquisition has decreased by 1,857 machines. This
decrease was due primarily to the loss of relatively low-margin
merchant-owned accounts primarily as a result of our efforts to
eliminate certain underperforming contracts and locations from
the acquired portfolio, as previously discussed. Additionally, a
number of merchant-owned contracts expired during the first six
months after the acquisition, and were not renewed at the
discretion of one or both parties. Because the portfolio
acquired from E*TRADE Access was primarily comprised of
merchant-owned accounts, we believe such contract attrition
rates are unique to this portfolio (relative to our past
acquisitions).
We value acquisitions based on historical and expected cash
flows and the remaining terms of merchant contracts rather than
the number of ATMs or a benchmark value per ATM. ATMs at
different locations vary significantly in terms of transaction
volume and cash flow. The equipment is in some cases owned by
the merchant and in others by the seller. As a result, the
purchase price per ATM we pay and the allocation of
consideration between equipment and intangibles varies from
acquisition to acquisition.
37
Industry Trends
During the first half of 2005, total domestic transaction
revenues (including surcharge, interchange and branding fees)
declined by approximately 2.5% (versus prior year levels) for
those ATMs that were transacting throughout the same periods in
both years. We attributed such decline to a number of factors,
including (i) the increased use of debit cards as a means
of payment in certain types of retail establishments,
(ii) an increase in free cash back
point-of-sale transactions, and (iii) increased competition
associated with the increased number of off-premise, surcharging
ATMs within the United States. However, during the second half
of 2005, total domestic transaction revenues for ATMs that were
transacting throughout the same periods in both years increased
slightly when compared to the prior year. Furthermore, the
positive trend seen during the second half of 2005 carried over
into the first quarter of 2006, with comparable transaction
revenues increasing by approximately 3.5% year-over-year. We
attribute this recent positive trend to increased revenues
associated with our bank and network branding initiatives as
well as increased surcharge rates in selected merchant retail
locations.
As discussed above, we believe that the decline in our
transaction revenues experienced during the first half of 2005
was due to a number of factors, including the increased use of
debit cards as a means of payment. The increased use of debit
cards appears to reflect a general payment trend within the
United States, with the growth in debit card transactions over
the past three years outpacing the growth in all other forms of
payment, including checks, cash and credit cards. At this point,
it is unclear if this trend will continue and, if so, whether it
will have a continuing impact on our operations, as outlined
above.
Recent Events
In connection with the acquisition of Bank Machine in May 2005,
we replaced our then existing bank credit facility with new
facilities provided by BNP Paribas and Bank of America, N.A.
Such facilities were comprised of (i) a revolving credit
facility of up to $100.0 million, (ii) a first lien
term facility of up to $125.0 million, and (iii) and a
second lien term facility of up to $75.0 million.
Borrowings under the facilities were utilized to repay our
existing bank credit facility in full and to fund the
acquisition of Bank Machine. As of December 31, 2005, the
first and second lien term facilities were fully repaid, as
discussed below.
On August 12, 2005, we sold $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, and utilized the net proceeds from such offering,
along with approximately $7.1 million in borrowings under
our new revolving credit facility and existing cash on hand, to
repay all of the outstanding borrowings under our recently
executed first and second lien term loan facilities, including
all accrued and unpaid interest related thereto. Additionally,
the revolving credit facility was increased to a maximum
borrowing capacity of $150.0 million immediately following
this transaction. In February 2006, we amended the revolving
credit facility to reduce the maximum borrowing capacity to
$125.0 million and to remove or amend certain restrictive
covenants contained in such facility. See Liquidity and
Capital Resources included elsewhere in this prospectus.
In February 2005, Winn-Dixie, one of our major merchant
customers, filed for bankruptcy protection. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, Winn-Dixie accounted for approximately
2.0% of our total ATM operating revenues and 1.2% of our total
ATM operating gross profits. As part of its bankruptcy
restructuring efforts, Winn-Dixie has closed or sold
approximately 360 of its existing stores during the past year,
340 of which included our ATMs. Accordingly, we have deinstalled
the ATMs that were operating in those locations, leaving us with
approximately 500 remaining ATM operating locations as of
March 31, 2006. At this point, we do not believe that the
loss of the aforementioned ATMs will have a material impact on
our results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity.
38
We are contractually obligated to pay certain lease payments for
300 of the ATMs that have been deinstalled to date, with such
leases expiring at varying dates between April 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2007. The estimated undiscounted amount of the
remaining lease payments for the deinstalled ATMs as of
March 31, 2006 was approximately $1.1 million.
Pursuant to the ATM management agreement that we assumed in
connection with acquisition of the Winn-Dixie ATM portfolio in
2003, Winn-Dixie was required to provide us with a rebate for
most ATMs that were removed due to its store closures.
Additionally, as part of our acquisition agreement with the
former owner of the Winn-Dixie ATM portfolio, we were designated
as the beneficiary of a letter of credit under which we could
make draws in the event Winn-Dixie refused to pay such rebates.
As of the date of this filing, we have fully drawn
$3.6 million under such letter of credit, the proceeds of
which have been and will continue to be utilized to help defray
a portion of the ongoing lease costs mentioned above, as well as
the costs associated with removing the aforementioned ATMs from
the closed store locations.
If Winn-Dixies restructuring efforts are unsuccessful, or
if our existing agreement is negatively impacted by such
restructuring efforts, our future revenues and gross profits may
decline and we may be required to record an impairment charge
related to the tangible and intangible assets associated with
the Winn-Dixie agreement. As of March 31, 2006, we believe
that no impairment was warranted based upon the anticipated
operating performance of the remaining installed ATMs. As of
March 31, 2006, the carrying amount of the tangible and
intangible assets associated with the Winn-Dixie contract
totaled approximately $3.3 million. Additionally, we have
approximately $1.0 million in future contractual operating
lease payments associated with many of the ATMs that are still
operating within the remaining Winn-Dixie store locations.
|
|
|
Customer Contract Cancellations |
In March and April 2006, we received notice from two of our
customers that such customers would not be renewing their
contracts with us. Such contracts are currently scheduled to
expire in August 2006 and April 2007. On a combined basis, the
two customers accounted for approximately 3.1% of our total
revenues and 4.3% of our total gross profits for the year ended
December 31, 2005. Additionally, we received a
$1.1 million early termination payment from one of the
customers in May 2006 related to a portion of the installed ATM
base that was deinstalled prior to the scheduled contract
termination date. We do not believe that the cancellation of
these contracts will have a material adverse impact on our
results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.
In August and September 2005, Hurricanes Katrina and Rita struck
the Gulf Coast of the United States, and in the process,
temporarily disrupted our ATM operations in portions of Alabama,
Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi and Texas. Approximately 500
ATMs were initially impacted by the storms.
While we saw a noticeable decline in transactions in the
impacted areas immediately after the storms, we also saw a
corresponding increase in transactions in areas adjacent to the
impacted locations, including an increase in transactions
associated with ATMs located in neighboring cities and states.
Accordingly, the lost transactions associated with the impacted
ATMs did not have a material impact on our ongoing operations.
However, we did record an approximately $0.1 million
pre-tax charge during 2005 related to the costs incurred under
our insurance policies to replace the ATMs (and in some cases
the related cash balances) that were lost or damaged as a result
of the storms.
On October 24, 2005, Hurricane Wilma struck the Gulf Coast
of the United States, and in the process, temporarily disrupted
our ATM operations in portions of South Florida. Immediately
following the storm, approximately 300 ATMs were not transacting
primarily due to power outages and communication issues
resulting from the storm. However, unlike Hurricanes Katrina and
Rita, many of the impacted ATMs suffered no physical damage and
were back up and transacting within a very short period of time
following the storm. Accordingly, Hurricane Wilma did not have a
material impact on our results of operations or financial
condition.
39
|
|
|
United Kingdom Transaction Declines |
During the six months ended December 31, 2005, our United
Kingdom ATM portfolio experienced a slight year-over-year
decline in withdrawal transactions. After additional research,
we determined that such decline was essentially limited to those
ATMs in which new, non-motorized card readers had recently been
installed to bring such ATMs into compliance with recently
enacted security upgrade requirements in the United Kingdom. We
believe that the design of the new card reader installed on such
ATMs makes it difficult for ATM users to fully insert their ATM
cards, thus resulting in an increased number of declined and
aborted transactions.
We are currently working with the ATM manufacturer to test
various card reader systems to determine if there is a
manufacturing solution to this issue. In the meantime, we are
modifying the signage and screen messages on the impacted ATMs
to provide additional information to the ATM users on how to
properly insert their cards in the new card readers. At this
point, we are unable to accurately predict whether these actions
will fully resolve this issue, and if so, when such resolution
will occur.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States, which
require that management make numerous estimates and assumptions.
Actual results could differ from those estimates and
assumptions, thus impacting our reported results of operations
and financial position. We describe our significant accounting
policies more fully in note 1 to our consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
significant accounting policies and estimates described here are
those that are most important to the depiction of our financial
condition and results of operations and the application of which
requires managements most subjective judgments in making
estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently
uncertain.
Goodwill and intangible assets. We have accounted for the
E*TRADE Access, Bank Machine and ATM National, Inc. acquisitions
as business combinations pursuant to Statements of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141,
Business Combinations. Additionally, we have applied the
concepts of SFAS No. 141 to our purchase of a majority
interest in CCS Mexico. Accordingly, the amounts paid for such
acquisitions have been allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values as of
each acquisition date. As part of the purchase price allocation
process for such acquisitions, we engaged outside appraisal
firms to help determine the fair values of the tangible and
intangible assets acquired, excluding goodwill. Intangible
assets that met the criteria established by
SFAS No. 141 for recognition apart from goodwill
included the acquired ATM operating agreements and related
customer relationships and the Bank Machine and Allpoint (via
the ATM National, Inc. acquisition) trade names. The outside
appraisal firms utilized commonly accepted valuation
methodologies to determine the fair values of the aforementioned
intangible assets, including the discounted cash flow approach
for the acquired customer-related intangible assets and the
relief from royalty approach for the acquired trade names.
The excess of the cost of the aforementioned acquisitions over
the net of the amounts assigned to the tangible and intangible
assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been reflected as
goodwill in our consolidated financial statements. The purchase
price allocations for the ATM National, Inc. and CCS Mexico
acquisitions are still considered to be preliminary pending the
completion of our appraisal efforts.
As of March 31, 2006, our goodwill balance totaled
$162.7 million, $85.1 million of which related to our
acquisition of E*TRADE Access, and $72.8 million of which
related to our acquisition of Bank Machine. The remaining
balance is comprised of goodwill related to our acquisition of
ATM National Inc. and our purchase of a majority interest in CCS
Mexico. Intangible assets, net, totaled $72.1 million as of
March 31, 2006, and included the intangible assets
described above, as well as deferred financing costs and
exclusive license agreements.
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, provides that goodwill and other intangible assets
that have indefinite useful lives will not be amortized, but
instead must be tested at least annually for
40
impairment, and intangible assets that have finite useful lives
should be amortized over their estimated useful lives.
SFAS 142 also provides specific guidance for testing
goodwill and other non-amortized intangible assets for
impairment. SFAS 142 requires management to make certain
estimates and assumptions in order to allocate goodwill to
reporting units and to determine the fair value of a reporting
units net assets and liabilities, including, among other
things, an assessment of market condition, projected cash flows,
interest rates and growth rates, which could significantly
impact the reported value of goodwill and other intangible
assets. Furthermore, SFAS 142 exposes us to the possibility
that changes in market conditions could result in potentially
significant impairment charges in the future.
We evaluate the recoverability of our goodwill and non-amortized
intangible assets by estimating the future discounted cash flows
of the reporting units to which the goodwill and non-amortized
intangible assets relate. We use discount rates corresponding to
our cost of capital, risk adjusted as appropriate, to determine
such discounted cash flows, and consider current and anticipated
business trends, prospects and other market and economic
conditions when performing our evaluations. Such evaluations are
performed at minimum on an annual basis, or more frequently
based on the occurrence of events that might indicate a
potential impairment. Such events include, but are not limited
to, items such as the loss of a significant contract or a
material change in the terms or conditions of a significant
contract.
Valuation of long-lived assets. We place significant
value on the installed ATMs that we own and manage in merchant
locations and the related acquired merchant
contracts/relationships. In accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal
of Long-Lived Assets, long-lived assets, such as property
and equipment, and purchased contract intangibles subject to
amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
such assets may not be recoverable. We test our acquired
merchant contract/relationship intangible assets for impairment,
along with the related ATMs, on an individual
contract/relationship basis for our significant acquired
contracts/relationships, and on a pooled or portfolio basis (by
acquisition) for all other acquired contracts/relationships. In
determining whether a particular merchant contract/relationship
is significant enough to warrant a separate identifiable
intangible asset, we analyze a number of relevant factors,
including (i) estimates of the historical cash flows
generated by such contract/relationship prior to its
acquisition, (ii) estimates regarding our ability to
increase the contract/relationships cash flows subsequent
to the acquisition through a combination of lower operating
costs, the deployment of additional ATMs, and the generation of
incremental revenues from increased surcharges and/or new
branding arrangements, and (iii) estimates regarding our
ability to renew such contract/relationship beyond its
originally scheduled termination date. An individual
contract/relationship, and the related ATMs, could be impaired
if the contract/relationship is terminated sooner than
originally anticipated, or if there is a decline in the number
of transactions related to such contract/relationship without a
corresponding increase in the amount of revenue collected per
transaction. A portfolio of purchased contract intangibles,
including the related ATMs, could be impaired if the contract
attrition rate is materially more than the rate used to estimate
the portfolios initial value, or if there is a decline in
the number of transactions associated with such portfolio
without a corresponding increase in the revenue collected per
transaction. Whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that a merchant contract/relationship intangible asset
may be impaired, we evaluate the recoverability of the
intangible asset, and the related ATMs, by measuring the related
carrying amounts against the estimated undiscounted future cash
flows associated with the related contract or portfolio of
contracts. Should the sum of the expected future net cash flows
be less than the carrying values of the tangible and intangible
assets being evaluated, an impairment loss would be recognized.
The impairment loss would be calculated as the amount by which
the carrying values of the ATMs and intangible assets exceeded
the calculated fair value. We recorded approximately
$2.8 million and $1.2 million in additional
amortization expense for the three months ended March 31,
2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005,
respectively, related to the impairment of certain previously
acquired merchant contract/relationship intangible assets
associated with our domestic reporting segment.
Income taxes. Income tax provisions are based on taxes
payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes on
temporary differences between the amount of taxable income and
income before income taxes and between the tax basis of assets
and liabilities and their reported amounts in our financial
41
statements. We include deferred tax assets and liabilities in
our financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates.
As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, we adjust our
deferred tax assets and liabilities through income tax
provisions.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we
consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the
generation of future taxable income during the periods in which
those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future
taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this
assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income
and projections for future taxable income over the periods in
which the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is
more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these
deductible differences. If we do not generate future taxable
income, we will not realize these tax assets and the write-off
of those assets will adversely affect our results.
Share-Based Compensation. We are also now required to
make certain estimates and judgments with respect to our
share-based compensation programs as a result of our adoption of
SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, effective
January 1, 2006. Such standard requires that we record
compensation expense for all share-based awards based on the
grant-date fair value of those awards. In determining the fair
value of our share-based awards, we are required to make certain
assumptions and estimates, including (i) the number of
awards that may ultimately be forfeited by the recipients,
(ii) the expected term of the underlying awards, and
(iii) the future volatility associated with the price of
our common stock. Such estimates, and the basis for our
conclusions regarding such estimates, are outlined in detail in
Note 3 to our condensed consolidated financial statements
for the three months ended March 31, 2006 included
elsewhere in the prospectus.
42
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our statement of operations
information as a percentage of total revenues for the period
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months | |
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
March 31, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues
|
|
|
95.9 |
% |
|
|
96.2 |
% |
|
|
96.3 |
% |
|
|
94.7 |
% |
|
|
92.3 |
% |
ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
Cost of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
|
73.0 |
|
|
|
76.3 |
|
|
|
74.3 |
|
|
|
74.4 |
|
|
|
72.7 |
|
|
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
76.8 |
|
|
|
79.6 |
|
|
|
77.9 |
|
|
|
78.9 |
|
|
|
79.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)
|
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
|
20.4 |
|
|
|
22.1 |
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
|
20.1 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
|
|
14.8 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
|
13.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
Other expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
Minority interest in subsidiary
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expenses
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of
change in accounting principle
|
|
|
(6.9) |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
(1.4) |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
(2.4) |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle
|
|
|
(4.5) |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
(0.9) |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset
retirement obligations, net of related income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) before preferred dividends and accretion
expense
|
|
|
(4.5) |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
(0.9) |
% |
|
|
3.0 |
% |
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
The following table sets forth information, for the periods
presented, regarding key measures we rely on to gauge our
operating performance, including total surcharge-bearing
transactions, surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM, and gross
profit and gross profit margin per surcharge-bearing transaction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
|
|
|
March 31, | |
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Average number of ATMs
|
|
|
26,207 |
|
|
|
24,661 |
|
|
|
26,175 |
|
|
|
17,936 |
|
|
|
10,480 |
|
Total transactions (in thousands)
|
|
|
40,827 |
|
|
|
33,415 |
|
|
|
156,851 |
|
|
|
111,577 |
|
|
|
64,605 |
|
Monthly total transactions per ATM
|
|
|
519 |
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
499 |
|
|
|
518 |
|
|
|
514 |
|
Total surcharge-bearing transactions (in thousands)
|
|
|
26,174 |
|
|
|
24,293 |
|
|
|
106,613 |
|
|
|
82,087 |
|
|
|
48,778 |
|
Monthly surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM(1)
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
339 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
|
|
388 |
|
Per surcharge-bearing transaction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Surcharge revenues
|
|
$ |
1.74 |
|
|
$ |
1.59 |
|
|
$ |
1.70 |
|
|
$ |
1.53 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
0.64 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
Other transaction revenues(2)
|
|
|
0.16 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
|
|
|
0.11 |
|
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total transaction revenues
|
|
$ |
2.53 |
|
|
$ |
2.31 |
|
|
$ |
2.43 |
|
|
$ |
2.23 |
|
|
$ |
2.09 |
|
|
Cost of transaction revenues
|
|
|
1.93 |
|
|
|
1.83 |
|
|
|
1.87 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
1.65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction gross profit(3)
|
|
$ |
0.60 |
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
0.56 |
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
0.44 |
|
|
Transaction gross profit margin(4)
|
|
|
23.7 |
% |
|
|
20.8 |
% |
|
|
22.9 |
% |
|
|
21.5 |
% |
|
|
21.2 |
% |
|
|
|
(1) |
Monthly surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM for the year
ended December 31, 2005 were lower than in the year ended
December 31, 2004 largely because the ATMs acquired from
E*TRADE Access, Inc. on June 30, 2004 were primarily
merchant-owned machines with lower average transactions per ATM. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Other transaction revenues consist primarily of bank and network
branding fees and other ATM operating fees. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Transaction gross profit is a measure of profitability that uses
revenue and expenses that are transaction based. The revenue and
expenses from ATM equipment sales and other ATM-related services
are not included. |
|
|
|
(4) |
The increase in transaction gross profit margins in 2006 when
compared to 2005 is due to the increases in revenues associated
with the Companys bank and network branding initiatives,
increased surcharge rates in selected merchant retail locations,
and higher gross profit margins associated with our U.K.
portfolio of ATMs (which was acquired in May 2005). |
|
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006 and
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
66,331 |
|
|
$ |
56,072 |
|
|
|
18.3 |
% |
ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
2,811 |
|
|
|
2,192 |
|
|
|
28.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$ |
69,142 |
|
|
$ |
58,264 |
|
|
|
18.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total revenues increased by
18.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 when
compared to the same period in 2005. This increase was driven
primarily by an increase in ATM operating revenues resulting
from the Bank Machine acquisition in May 2005, and to a lesser
extent, the BAS Communications, Inc. and Neo Concepts, Inc. ATM
portfolio acquisitions, which occurred in March and April 2005,
respectively. Additionally, higher overall network and bank
branding revenues contributed to the year-over-year increase.
44
ATM product sales and other revenues increased approximately
28.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2006, when
compared to the same period in 2005. This increase for the three
months ended March 31, 2006, was primarily due to increased
service work resulting from Triple DES security upgrades that
were performed on behalf of our merchant-owned customers, and
higher overall merchant-owned equipment sales to those merchants
whose ATMs were not able to receive the mandated Triple DES
security upgrades. Additionally, certain non-transaction based
revenues associated with the recently acquired ATM National,
Inc. operations contributed to the year-over-year increase.
|
|
|
Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
50,500 |
|
|
$ |
44,447 |
|
|
|
13.6 |
% |
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
2,599 |
|
|
|
1,960 |
|
|
|
32.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
$ |
53,099 |
|
|
$ |
46,407 |
|
|
|
14.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues gross margin
|
|
|
23.9% |
|
|
|
20.7% |
|
|
|
|
|
ATM product sales and other revenues gross margin
|
|
|
7.5% |
|
|
|
10.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross margin
|
|
|
23.2% |
|
|
|
20.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total cost of revenues
increased by 14.4% for the three months ended March 31,
2006 when compared to the same period in 2005. The increase for
the three months ended March 31, 2006, was primarily due to
higher overall cost of ATM operating revenues resulting from the
three acquisitions consummated in 2005, as previously discussed.
The primary components of cost of ATM operating
revenues merchant fees, maintenance fees, cost of
cash, and armored courier fees increased by
$4.0 million, or 10.4% for the three months ended
March 31, 2006, when compared to the prior year, with such
increase being driven primarily by the acquired Bank Machine
operations (which were not reflected in the 2005 results).
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues increased by 32.6%
for the three months ended March 31, 2006, when compared to
the same period in 2005. Such increase was primarily due to the
increase in ATM product sales and other revenues, as previously
discussed.
Our total gross margin for the three months ended March 31,
2006, totaled 23.2%, up from the 20.4% level achieved during the
three months ended March 31, 2005. Such increase was
primarily attributable to the increase in revenues associated
with the Companys bank and network branding initiatives,
increased surcharge rates in selected merchant retail locations,
and higher gross profit margins associated with our UK ATM
portfolio, which was acquired in May 2005.
The lower ATM product sales and other revenues gross margin
during the three months ended March 31, 2006 (when compared
to the same period in 2005) was primarily due to lower overall
margins earned on the sale of ATMs to our merchant-owned
customers.
45
|
|
|
Selling, General and Administrative Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
$ |
122 |
|
|
$ |
1,810 |
|
|
|
(93.3 |
)% |
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
4,716 |
|
|
|
2,954 |
|
|
|
59.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
$ |
4,838 |
|
|
$ |
4,764 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
0.2 |
% |
|
|
3.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
5.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
|
8.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, our selling, general and
administrative expense, excluding stock-based compensation,
increased by 59.6% for the three months ended March 31,
2006 when compared to the same period in 2005. Such increase was
primarily attributable to the hiring of additional employees and
higher accounting, legal and professional fees resulting from
the acquisitions that we consummated during 2004 and 2005.
Stock-based compensation for the three months ended
March 31, 2006, declined by 93.3% when compared to the same
period in 2005. Such decline was primarily due to an additional
$1.7 million in stock-based compensation recognized during
the 2005 period related to the repurchase of shares underlying
certain employee stock options in connection with our
Series B preferred stock financing transaction.
We expect that our selling, general and administrative expense
will increase slightly in the future due to higher accounting,
legal and professional fees resulting from our becoming subject
to the reporting requirements of the SEC, including those under
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, following the registration of
our senior subordinated notes.
|
|
|
Depreciation and Accretion Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
$ |
4,217 |
|
|
$ |
2,244 |
|
|
|
87.9 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
6.1 |
% |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, depreciation and accretion
expense increased by 87.9% for the three months ended
March 31, 2006 when compared to the same period in 2005.
This increase was primarily due to the incremental ATMs acquired
as part of our 2005 acquisitions, as previously discussed, as
well as the deployment of additional ATMs throughout our
company-owned portfolio. Reference is made to the
Liquidity and Capital Resources section for
additional information on our capital expenditures program.
In the future, we expect that our depreciation and accretion
expense will grow in proportion to the increase in the number of
ATMs we own and deploy throughout our company-owned portfolio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
$ |
5,016 |
|
|
$ |
1,558 |
|
|
|
221.9 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
7.2 |
% |
|
|
2.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
46
As indicated in the table above, amortization expense, which is
primarily comprised of amortization of intangible merchant
contracts and relationships associated with our past
acquisitions, increased by 221.9% for the three months ended
March 31, 2006 when compared to the same period in 2005.
This increase was primarily due to a $2.8 million
impairment charge that was recorded during 2006. Such impairment
relates to the acquired BAS Communications, Inc. portfolio, and
reflects a reduction in anticipated future cash flows resulting
primarily from a higher than anticipated attrition rate
associated with this acquired portfolio. Excluding the effects
of such impairment charge, amortization expense increased by
approximately $0.6 million, or 40.3%, in 2006 as a result
of the incremental amortization associated with the merchant
contracts and relationships acquired in 2005, including the
contracts acquired as part of our Bank Machine acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
5,665 |
|
|
$ |
1,854 |
|
|
|
205.6 |
% |
Amortization and write-off of financing costs and bond discount
|
|
|
877 |
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
163.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
6,542 |
|
|
$ |
2,187 |
|
|
|
199.1 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
9.5 |
% |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, interest expense increased by
199.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 when
compared to the same period in 2005. This increase was primarily
attributable to the additional borrowings under our bank credit
facilities in May 2005 to finance the Bank Machine acquisition
and the incremental interest expense associated with our senior
subordinated notes offering in August 2005. Additionally, the
2006 figure included the pre-tax write-off of approximately
$0.5 million in deferred financing costs associated with an
amendment to our existing bank credit facility in February 2006
(see Liquidity and Capital Resources).
We expect our future interest expense levels to increase
slightly, when compared to the three months ended March 31,
2006, as a result of our inability to register our senior
subordinated notes with the SEC within the time period outlined
in the indenture governing such notes. Because of a delay
experienced in issuing our 2005 audited financial statements, we
were unable to meet the registration deadline of June 8,
2006, as reflected in the indenture, and thus are not currently
in compliance with such registration provisions. Accordingly,
effective June 8, 2006, the annual interest rate on the
notes increased from
91/4%
to
91/2%.
Such rate will be in effect for the first 90-day period
immediately following the
June 8th
deadline. Furthermore, such rate will continue to increase by an
additional one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum for each
additional 90-day period that the notes are not registered, up
to a maximum amount of 1.0% per annum. Each 0.25% rate increase
will result in an additional $125,000 in interest costs for us
per 90-day period. Once the notes have been successfully
registered with the SEC, the interest rate will immediately
return to the
91/4
% stated rate.
|
|
|
Income Tax Provision (Benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
$ |
(1,635 |
) |
|
$ |
321 |
|
|
|
609.3 |
% |
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
34.4 |
% |
|
|
36.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, our income tax provision
(benefit) decreased by 609.3% for the three months ended
March 31, 2006 when compared to the same period in 2005. On
an absolute basis, the year-over-year change was driven by
corresponding decreases in our pre-tax income levels for the
period. While
47
we expect that our effective tax rate will remain relatively
consistent in future periods, such rate could vary from quarter
to quarter depending on the mix of pre-tax income and loss
amounts generated in our domestic and foreign tax jurisdictions.
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, 2005 (2005) and
December 31, 2004 (2004) |
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
258,992 |
|
|
$ |
182,711 |
|
|
|
41.7 |
% |
ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
9,973 |
|
|
|
10,204 |
|
|
|
(2.3 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$ |
268,965 |
|
|
$ |
192,915 |
|
|
|
39.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total revenues increased by
39.4% for the year ended December 31, 2005 when compared to
2004. Such increase was primarily due to higher ATM operating
revenues resulting from the acquisition of the E*TRADE Access
ATM portfolio in June 2004, as well as the Bank Machine, BAS
Communications, Inc. and Neo Concepts, Inc. ATM acquisitions
consummated in 2005. Additionally, higher overall network and
bank branding revenues contributed to the year-over-year
increase.
ATM product sales and other revenues decreased approximately
2.3% during the year ended December 31, 2005 when compared
to 2004. Such decrease was primarily due to lower overall sales
of equipment under our NCR value added reseller program as a
result of a large sale in 2004 that did not repeat in 2005.
However, such decrease was partially offset by slightly higher
ATM product sales to our merchant-owned customers and slightly
higher ATM service revenues.
Surcharge-bearing transactions increased approximately 29.8% to
106.6 million transactions for the year ended
December 31, 2005 from 82.1 million transactions
during the same period in 2004. This growth in transaction
volume was driven largely by the E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio
acquisition, which was only included in the 2004 results for the
last six months of that year, as well as the three acquisitions
consummated in 2005, including the Bank Machine acquisition.
Surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM decreased from 381 in
2004 to 339 in 2005, primarily due to the E*TRADE Access ATM
portfolio acquisition, which, as previously discussed, included
primarily merchant-owned ATMs with lower average
surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM. While interchange
revenue per transaction remained relatively unchanged from 2004
to 2005, surcharge revenue per transaction increased
approximately 11.1% from $1.53 in 2004 to $1.70 in 2005. Such
increase was primarily due to a concerted effort on our part to
increase the surcharge rates for selected merchants whose rates
have historically been below market, and the impact of the
higher surcharge rates associated with the acquired Bank Machine
operations (which, on a U.S. Dollar converted basis,
averaged $2.77 per transaction in 2005). Additionally, such
increase was also driven in part by the full year impact of the
E*TRADE Access merchant-owned ATMs, which typically have higher
surcharge rates per transaction.
48
|
|
|
Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
199,763 |
|
|
$ |
143,504 |
|
|
|
39.2 |
% |
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
9,685 |
|
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
11.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
$ |
209,448 |
|
|
$ |
152,207 |
|
|
|
37.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues gross margin
|
|
|
22.9 |
% |
|
|
21.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
ATM product sales and other revenues gross margin
|
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
14.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Total gross margin
|
|
|
22.1 |
% |
|
|
21.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total cost of revenues
increased by 37.6% for the year ended December 31, 2005
when compared to 2004. Such increase was primarily due to the
higher overall cost of ATM operating revenues as a result of the
E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio acquisition in June 2004 and, to a
lesser extent, the three acquisitions consummated in 2005.
Because the majority of the ATMs acquired in the E*TRADE Access
ATM portfolio acquisition were merchant-owned machines, the
related merchant fees are higher than those paid under
company-owned arrangements. Overall, merchant fees increased by
approximately $31.8 million, or 39.3%, during 2005 when
compared to 2004.
The other primary components of cost of ATM operating
revenues maintenance fees, cost of cash, and armored
courier fees also contributed to the domestic cost
increases for the
year-to-date periods.
Such costs increased by $19.1 million, or 48.1% in 2005
when compared to 2004, with such increase being driven primarily
by an increase in our overall number of ATMs, as a result of the
aforementioned acquisitions, and higher cash rental fees due to
higher domestic interest rates.
Our total gross margin for the year ended December 31,
2005, totaled 22.1%, up slightly from the 21.1% level achieved
during 2004. Such increase was primarily attributable to higher
than normal operating costs incurred during the last six months
of 2004 as we worked to transition the acquired E*TRADE Access
ATM portfolio on to our existing operating platform.
Additionally, the 2005 results benefited from the impact of the
Bank Machine acquisition, as our United Kingdom operations
generate, on average, higher overall gross margins than our
operations in the United States.
The ATM product sales and other revenues gross margin declined
from approximately 14.7% in 2004 to 2.9% in 2005, primarily due
to lower overall ATM product sales margins and lower service
call maintenance margins on certain of our merchant-owned
accounts.
While our recent acquisitions of predominantly company-owned ATM
portfolios, including Bank Machine, should have a positive
long-term impact on our overall gross margin percentage, we
currently expect that our near term gross margin percentage will
remain relatively consistent with the level achieved for the
year ended December 31, 2005. This is primarily due to the
deployment of approximately 1,400 company-owned ATMs in
certain Walgreens and CVS locations throughout the United States
during the second half of 2005. We currently expect that many of
these ATMs will generate negative gross margins during the first
6-12 months following their initial deployment. However,
despite the initial negative returns associated with these
deployments, we expect that such locations will become
profitable as the transaction levels increase over time and the
underlying ATMs become subject to anticipated future bank
branding arrangements.
49
|
|
|
Selling, General and Administrative Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
$ |
17,865 |
|
|
$ |
13,571 |
|
|
|
31.6 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
6.6 |
% |
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, selling, general and
administrative expense increased by 31.6% for the year ended
December 31, 2005 when compared to 2004. Such increase was
primarily due to the hiring of additional employees over the
past year and higher overall professional fees, both of which
were the result of our recent acquisitions and the additional
ATM deployments made in 2005. Additionally, the 2005 results
include an additional $1.2 million in stock-based compensation
expense, primarily as a result of the repurchase of the shares
underlying certain employee stock options in connection with the
Companys Series B preferred stock financing in
February 2005.
We expect that our selling, general and administrative expense
will increase slightly in the future due to higher accounting,
legal and professional fees resulting from our becoming subject
to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, including those under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, following the registration of our senior subordinated
notes.
|
|
|
Depreciation and Accretion Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
$ |
12,951 |
|
|
$ |
6,785 |
|
|
|
90.9 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
4.8 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, depreciation and accretion
expense increased by 90.9% for the year ended December 31,
2005 when compared to 2004. Such increase was primarily due to
the incremental ATMs acquired through the E*TRADE Access
transaction in June 2004, and, to a lesser extent, the
incremental ATMs associated with the acquisitions consummated in
2005 and the current year company-owned ATM roll outs.
Additionally, higher overall accretion expense amounts
associated with the increase in our installed ATM base
contributed to the year-over-year change.
In the future, we expect that our depreciation and accretion
expense will grow in proportion to the increase in the number of
ATMs we own and deploy throughout our company-owned portfolio.
Since we expect that our future growth will be largely driven by
additional ATM roll outs in our company-owned accounts, we
expect our depreciation and accretion expense to continue to
increase for the foreseeable future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
$ |
8,980 |
|
|
$ |
5,508 |
|
|
|
63.0 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, amortization expense, which is
primarily comprised of amortization of intangible merchant
contracts and relationships associated with our past
acquisitions, increased by 63.0% for
50
the year ended December 31, 2005 when compared to 2004.
Such increase was primarily due to the incremental amortization
expense associated with the merchant contracts and relationships
acquired in the E*TRADE Access transaction in June 2004, and, to
a lesser extent, the incremental merchant contracts and
relationships acquired in 2005. Additionally, the 2005 amount
includes approximately $1.2 million in accelerated amortization
expense related to the impairment of certain previously acquired
merchant contract/relationship intangible assets. We expect that
our amortization expense will increase slightly in 2006 as we
reflect a full years worth of amortization associated with
our 2005 acquisitions. Beyond 2006, our amortization expense
amounts should begin to level off as our growth will be driven
more by internal initiatives as opposed to acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
22,426 |
|
|
$ |
5,235 |
|
|
|
328.4 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
8.4 |
% |
|
|
2.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, interest expense increased by
328.4% for the year ended December 31, 2005 when compared
to 2004. Such increase was primarily attributable to the
additional borrowings under our bank credit facilities in June
2004 and May 2005 to finance the E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio
acquisition and the Bank Machine acquisition, respectively, and
the incremental interest expense associated with our senior
subordinated notes offering in August 2005. Additionally, higher
overall short-term interest rates contributed to the
year-over-year increase. Furthermore, the interest expense
amount for 2005 includes the pre-tax write-off of approximately
$5.1 million in unamortized deferred financing costs and
fees incurred with respect to the repayment of, and amendments
to, our existing bank credit facilities. In 2004 we expensed
approximately $0.1 million related to certain fees paid in
connection with the amendment of our then existing bank credit
facility.
We expect that our future interest expense levels will increase
slightly as a result of the issuance of the senior subordinated
notes in August 2005. Such notes, which carry an effective fixed
interest rate of approximately
93/8
%, were utilized to retire our outstanding first and
second lien term loans, which carried a weighted-average
interest rate of approximately 7.2% at the time. Additionally,
we expect higher overall short-term market interest rates to
contribute to the anticipated increased future interest expense
levels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
$ |
(1,270 |
) |
|
$ |
3,576 |
|
|
|
(135.5 |
)% |
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
34.4 |
% |
|
|
38.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, our income tax provision
decreased by 135.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005
when compared to 2004. On an absolute basis, the year-over-year
change was driven by a corresponding decrease in our pre-tax
income. Our effective tax rate was lower in 2005 when compared
to 2004 primarily due to a change in our effective state income
tax rate in 2005 and the results of our United Kingdom
operations, which are taxed at a lower statutory rate.
Additionally, we expect that our future effective tax rate may
fluctuate from period to period depending on the mix of pre-tax
income and loss amounts generated in our domestic and foreign
tax jurisdictions.
51
Years Ended December 31, 2004 (2004) and
December 31, 2003 (2003)
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
182,711 |
|
|
$ |
101,950 |
|
|
|
79.2 |
% |
ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
10,204 |
|
|
|
8,493 |
|
|
|
20.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$ |
192,915 |
|
|
$ |
110,443 |
|
|
|
74.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total revenues increased by
74.7% for the year ended December 31, 2004, when compared
to 2003. ATM operating revenues, the largest component of total
revenues, increased 79.2% in 2004 and accounted for
approximately 94.7% of our total revenues in 2004 versus
approximately 92.3% in 2003. The significant year-over-year
increase in ATM operating revenues was primarily driven by an
increase in the number of ATMs and related transactions
resulting from the E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio acquisition in
June 2004, and to a lesser extent, several other ATM portfolio
acquisitions consummated during 2003, including XtraCash
(February 2003), National Bank Equipment (May 2003), and
American Express (August 2003). Additionally, the award of a new
contract by ExxonMobil also helped contribute to the
year-over-year increase. Surcharge fees and interchange fees
were consistent on a percentage basis in both periods,
representing approximately 97.2% of ATM operating revenues for
both 2004 and 2003. The remaining portion of ATM operating
revenues was comprised of bank and network branding revenues,
which accounted for approximately 1.3% of our ATM operating
revenues in 2004 and 1.0% in 2003, and revenues from a variety
of individually insignificant sources that together accounted
for approximately 1.5% of our ATM operating revenues in 2004 and
1.9% of our ATM operating revenues in 2003.
ATM product sales and other revenues increased approximately
20.1% for the year ended December 31, 2004, when compared
to 2003, and represented approximately 5.3% of our total
revenues in 2004 versus approximately 7.7% in 2003. The
year-over-year increase in ATM product sales and other revenues
was primarily driven by higher overall equipment sales
associated with the acquired E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio
acquisition, offset somewhat by lower value added reseller sales
as a result of a decrease in the number of associate value added
resellers to whom we sold products to in 2004. The reduction in
the number of associate value added resellers resulted from
several factors, including the promotion by NCR of several
associate value added resellers to master value added reseller
status, meaning those entities no longer needed to buy products
through us because they could buy directly from NCR, the
increased sales efforts of these new master value added
resellers directed at some of our existing associate value added
resellers, and our decision to cease doing business with some of
our associate value added resellers due to credit concerns.
Surcharge-bearing transactions increased approximately 68.2% to
82.1 million transactions in 2004, from 48.8 million
transactions in 2003. This growth in transaction volume was
driven largely by an approximately 105% increase in the number
of ATMs that we owned or operated at year end 2004 when compared
to year end 2003. While interchange revenue per transaction
remained relatively unchanged from 2003 to 2004, surcharge
revenues per transaction of $1.53 in 2004 increased
approximately 7.0% from the surcharge revenues per transaction
of $1.43 in 2003. Such increase was primarily due to a concerted
effort on our part to increase the surcharge rates for selected
merchants whose rates have historically been below market.
However, despite the above increases, surcharge-bearing
transactions per ATM decreased from 388 in 2003 to 381 in 2004.
Such decrease was primarily due to the E*TRADE Access ATM
portfolio acquisition, which, as previously discussed, included
primarily merchant-owned portfolio of ATMs with lower average
surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM.
52
|
|
|
Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
143,504 |
|
|
$ |
80,286 |
|
|
|
78.7 |
% |
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
7,903 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
$ |
152,207 |
|
|
$ |
88,189 |
|
|
|
72.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues gross margin
|
|
|
21.5 |
% |
|
|
21.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
ATM product sales and other revenues gross margin
|
|
|
14.7 |
% |
|
|
6.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Total gross margin
|
|
|
21.1 |
% |
|
|
20.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total cost of revenues
increased by approximately 72.6% in 2004 when compared to 2003.
The primary driver of this increase was a 78.7% year-over-year
increase in the cost of ATM operating revenues. In 2004, the
largest component of cost of ATM operating revenues, merchant
fees, increased $42.8 million, or approximately 112.6%, to
$80.8 million, from $38.0 million for 2003, and
accounted for approximately 56.3% of total cost of ATM operating
revenues. This increase was the result of the increased merchant
fees paid with respect to the aforementioned ATM contracts that
were acquired during 2003 and 2004. The three other primary
components of the cost of ATM operating revenues, maintenance
contracts, cost of cash, and armored courier fees, increased
$13.2 million, or approximately 67.3%, to
$32.8 million for 2004, from $19.6 million for the
same period in 2003, and accounted for 22.9% of total cost of
ATM operating revenues. On an absolute basis, this increase was
due to the increase in the number of ATMs operated by us,
primarily as a result of the aforementioned acquisitions. Of the
$64.0 million increase in total costs of revenues,
$48.8 million was attributable to such acquisitions and the
new ExxonMobil contract, $16.0 million was attributable to
other internal growth efforts and the effects of a full
years worth of results from the prior year acquisitions,
and $(0.8) million was attributable to lower costs as a
result of the previously mentioned reduced value added reseller
sales.
On a per surcharge-bearing transaction basis, merchant fees
increased approximately 25.6%, from $0.78 in 2003 to $0.98 in
2004. This was primarily the result of a shift in the mix of
ATMs we operate to more merchant-owned arrangements as a result
of the E*Trade Access ATM portfolio acquisition, as previously
discussed. The other components of cost of ATM operating
revenues increased on a per surcharge-bearing transaction basis
largely as a result of the increase in the proportion of our
ATMs operated under company-owned arrangements, where we retain
almost total operational responsibility of the ATMs. However,
such increases were partially offset by more favorable pricing
from our vendors as a result of our increased size.
Gross profit represented approximately 21.1% of total revenues
for 2004, compared to approximately 20.1% for 2003. Gross profit
as a percentage of total revenues increased slightly due to
reductions in certain operating costs as a result of our
increased size and scope and our move towards higher-margin
company-owned ATM arrangements. Additionally, the reduction in
value added reseller sales as a percentage of total revenues in
2004, which operate with lower gross margins, also contributed
to the year-over-year increase.
|
|
|
Selling, General and Administrative Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
$ |
13,571 |
|
|
$ |
7,229 |
|
|
|
87.7 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
53
As indicated in the table above, selling, general and
administrative expense increased 87.7% in 2004 when compared to
2003. Such increase was attributable to a number of items,
including (i) approximately $1.8 million in costs
associated with our terminated initial public offering in 2004,
(ii) approximately $2.8 million in compensation
related costs associated with a restricted stock grant made to
our chief executive officer in 2004, including a related bonus
to cover the tax liability associated with such grant, and
(iii) incremental headcount costs associated with the
increased size and scope of our operations.
|
|
|
Depreciation and Accretion Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
$ |
6,785 |
|
|
$ |
3,632 |
|
|
|
86.8 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, depreciation of property and
equipment increased approximately 86.8% in 2004 when compared to
2003. Such increase was primarily due to capital expenditures
associated with the aforementioned acquisitions, increases in
ATMs deployed through internal growth initiatives, and the
replacement of ATMs under expired operating leases.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
$ |
5,508 |
|
|
$ |
3,842 |
|
|
|
43.4 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, amortization of intangible
assets increased by approximately 43.4% in 2004 when compared to
2003. Such increase was almost entirely due to an increase in
overall intangible assets (primarily merchant contracts) as a
result of our aforementioned acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
5,235 |
|
|
$ |
2,157 |
|
|
|
142.7 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
2.7 |
% |
|
|
1.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, interest expense increased
142.7% in 2004 when compared to 2003. Such increase was
primarily attributable to the additional borrowings under our
bank credit facilities as a result of the E*TRADE Access ATM
portfolio acquisition in June 2004. Additionally, the 2004
interest expense amount includes approximately $1.0 million
related to the amortization of deferred financing costs which
compares to approximately $0.4 million in 2003.
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
$ |
3,576 |
|
|
$ |
1,955 |
|
|
|
82.9 |
% |
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
38.1 |
% |
|
|
37.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, our income tax provision
increased by approximately 82.9% in 2004 when compared to 2003.
Such increase was essentially due to a corresponding increase in
our pre-tax income over the same period. The increase in our
effective tax rate from 37.0% in 2003 to 38.1% in 2004 was due
primarily to higher estimated state tax rates.
|
|
|
Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle (Net) |
For 2004, our cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle was $0, compared to $0.1 million in 2003. There
were no new accounting pronouncements adopted during 2004 that
would require a cumulative effect change computation. In 2003,
the adoption of SFAS 143 resulted in the aforementioned
charge.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
As of March 31, 2006, we had approximately
$4.0 million in cash and cash equivalents on hand and
approximately $252.0 million in outstanding long-term debt,
notes payable and capital lease obligations.
We have historically funded our operations primarily through
cash flows from operations, borrowings under our credit
facilities, private placements of equity securities, and the
sale of bonds. We have historically used cash to invest in
additional operating ATMs, either through the acquisition of ATM
networks or through organically generated growth. We have also
used cash to fund increases in working capital and to pay
interest and principal amounts outstanding under our borrowings.
Because we typically collect our cash on a daily basis and are
not required to pay our vendors until 30 days after the end of
each calendar month, we are able to utilize the excess upfront
cash flow to pay down borrowings made under our revolving credit
facility and to fund our ongoing capital expenditure program.
Accordingly, we will typically reflect a working capital deficit
position and carry a very small cash balance on our books.
Operating Activities
For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2006 and 2005
Net cash used in operating activities totaled $0.8 million
for the three months ended March 31, 2006, down from the
$10.0 million provided by operating activities during the
same period in 2005. Such decrease was primarily attributable to
the payment of approximately $9.4 million in interest costs
in 2006 related to our senior subordinated notes, which were
issued in August 2005.
For the Years Ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Net cash provided by operating activities was
$33.2 million, $20.5 million and $21.6 million
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003,
respectively. The increase in 2005 was primarily attributable to
the full-year effect of the E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio
acquisition and, to a lesser extent, the acquisitions
consummated in 2005. The slight decline in 2004, when compared
to 2003, was primarily attributable to incremental costs
associated with the integration of the E*TRADE Access ATM
portfolio and costs associated with our planned initial public
offering during 2004.
55
Investing Activities
For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2006 and 2005
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $4.1 million
for the three months ended March 31, 2006, compared to
$13.1 million for the same period in 2005. Included in such
amounts were payments made for capital expenditures totaling
$2.3 million and $4.8 million, respectively.
Additionally, a $1.8 million exclusive license payment was
made in 2006 to one of our merchant customers in connection with
the renewal and extension of the ATM operating agreement with
such customer. The 2005 results included the use of
approximately $8.2 million in cash to fund the purchase of
the BAS Communications, Inc. ATM portfolio.
We currently anticipate that the majority of our capital
expenditures for the foreseeable future will be driven by
organic growth projects as opposed to acquisitions, including
the purchasing of ATMs for existing as well as new ATM
management agreements. However, we continually evaluate
opportunities to acquire additional ATM networks and may make
such acquisitions in the future if we believe it is in the
Companys best interest to do so. We currently expect that
our capital expenditures for the remainder of 2006 will be in
the range of approximately $30.0 to $34.0 million, the
majority of which will be utilized to purchase additional ATMs
for our company-owned accounts. We expect such expenditures to
be funded with cash generated from our operations, supplemented
by borrowings under our revolving credit facility when needed.
In addition to the above, we expect to make capital expenditures
to upgrade our ATMs to be both Encrypting PIN Pad
(EPP) and Triple DES compliant over the next two
years. We have currently budgeted approximately
$12.8 million to accomplish these upgrades on all of our
ATMs by the end of 2007. Of this total, we anticipate spending
$2.6 million during the remainder of 2006 and
$10.2 million in 2007. The $2.6 million in estimated
expenditures for 2006 has been reflected in the capital
expenditure estimate described above. We believe this time frame
will be acceptable to the major processing networks. However, if
such networks required us to accelerate our upgrade schedule, we
would also be required to significantly accelerate our capital
expenditures with respect to these upgrades.
Finally, we may be required to make additional capital
expenditures in future periods to comply with anticipated new
regulations resulting from the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA). Furthermore, in connection with our E*TRADE
Access acquisition, we assumed responsibility for the outcome of
a lawsuit instituted in Massachusetts Federal District Court by
the National Federation of the Blind and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts. In this lawsuit, the plaintiffs initially sought
to require E*TRADE Access to make all of the ATMs in its network
voice-enabled, or capable of providing audible
instructions to a visually-impaired person upon that person
inserting a headset plug into an outlet at the ATM. We
acknowledge that recently proposed accessibility guidelines
under the ADA would require voice-enabling
technology for newly installed ATMs and for ATMs that are
otherwise retrofitted or substantially modified. However, these
new rules have not yet been adopted by the Department of
Justice. Assuming the proposed guidelines will be adopted in
substantially their current form, we currently estimate that we
would incur approximately $1.5 million in capital
expenditures over the next three years to retrofit all of our
company-owned ATMs that are not already
voice-enabled.
For the Three Years Ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Net cash used in investing activities totaled
$140.0 million, $118.9 million and $29.7 million
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively. During these periods, a majority of the cash used
in investing activities was utilized to fund the acquisition of
a number of ATM portfolios and businesses, including the E*TRADE
Access ATM portfolio in 2004 and the Bank Machine acquisition in
2005. Additionally, such cash was utilized to make capital
expenditures related to such acquisitions, to install additional
ATMs in connection with acquired merchant relationships, and to
deploy ATMs in additional locations of merchants with which we
had existing relationships. Total capital expenditures were
$31.9 million, $19.7 million, and $7.3 million
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
56
Financing Activities
For the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2006 and 2005
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled
$7.2 million for the three months ended March 31,
2006, compared to $2.1 million for the same period in 2005.
The higher amount in 2006 was due to incremental borrowings made
under our revolving credit facility to help fund certain working
capital items. In 2005 we issued $75.0 million worth of
Series B preferred stock to a new investor, TA Associates. The
net proceeds from such offering were utilized to redeem our
existing Series A preferred stock, including all accrued and
unpaid dividends related thereto, and to redeem approximately
24% of our outstanding common stock and vested options.
As of March 31, 2006, we had approximately
$252.0 million in outstanding long-term debt, notes
payable, and capital lease obligations, which was comprised of
(i) approximately $198.7 million (net of discount of
$1.3 million) of senior subordinated notes due August 2013,
(ii) approximately $53.2 million in borrowings under
our existing revolving and swing line credit facilities, and
(iii) approximately $0.1 million in notes payable and
capital lease obligations. The notes payable and capital lease
obligations are expected to be repaid in full during 2006.
Interest payments associated with the senior subordinated notes
total $18.5 million on an annual basis, and are due in
semi-annual installments of $9.25 million in February and
August of each year. However, as previously discussed, such
interest payments are expected to be higher during the second
and third quarters of 2006 as we work to register such notes
with the SEC. Amounts outstanding under the revolving credit
facility are not due until the facilitys maturity date in
May 2010. Interest payments associated with such borrowings are
due monthly, quarterly or annually, depending on the types of
borrowings made under the facility.
In February 2006, we amended our revolving credit facility to
remove or modify certain restrictive covenants contained within
the facility and to reduce the maximum borrowing capacity from
$150.0 million to $125.0 million. We recorded a
pre-tax charge of approximately $0.5 million associated
with the write-off of previously deferred financing costs
related to the facility as a result of this amendment. Although
the maximum borrowing capacity was reduced, the overall effect
of the amendment was to increase our liquidity and financial
flexibility through the removal and modification of certain
restrictive covenants, as contained in the facility. As of
March 31, 2006, we had the ability to borrow an additional
$43.8 million under the facility based on the covenants
contained in such facility.
In addition to the above domestic credit facility, Bank Machine
has a £2.0 million unsecured overdraft and borrowing
facility that expires in July 2006. Such facility, which bears
interest at 1.75% over the banks base rate (currently
4.50%), is utilized for general corporate purposes for our
United Kingdom operations. No borrowings were outstanding under
such facility as of March 31, 2006. However, Bank Machine
has posted a £275,000 bond under such facility, which
reduces the amount available for future borrowings under the
facility to £1.725 million. We currently anticipate
refinancing the existing facility for an additional one-year
term upon its expiration in July 2006, with substantially the
same terms and conditions.
For the Years Ended December
31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
Net cash provided by financing activities was
$107.2 million, $94.3 million and $10.4 million
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively. For all periods presented, the majority of our
cash provided by financing activities resulted from issuances of
additional long-term debt, offset somewhat in each period by our
repayments of other long-term debt and capital leases. Such
borrowings were primarily made in connection with the previously
discussed ATM portfolio acquisitions, including the Bank Machine
acquisition in 2005 and the E*TRADE Access acquisition in 2004.
Additionally, in 2005 we issued $75.0 million worth of
Series B preferred stock to a new investor, TA Associates.
The net proceeds from such offering were utilized to redeem our
existing Series A preferred stock, including all accrued
and unpaid dividends related thereto, and to redeem
approximately 24% of our outstanding common stock and vested
options.
We believe that our cash on hand and our current bank credit
facilities will be sufficient to meet our working capital
requirements and contractual commitments for the next
12 months. We expect to fund our
57
working capital needs from revenues generated from our
operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility,
to the extent needed. However, although we believe that we have
sufficient flexibility under our current revolving credit
facility to pursue and finance our expansion plans, such
facility does contain certain covenants, including a covenant
that limits the ratio of outstanding senior debt to EBITDA (as
defined in the facility), that could preclude us from drawing
down the full amount currently available for borrowing under
such facility. Accordingly, if we expand faster than planned,
need to respond to competitive pressures, or acquire additional
ATM networks, we may be required to seek additional sources of
financing. Such sources may come through the sale of equity or
debt securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
raise additional funds on terms favorable to us or at all. If
future financing sources are not available or are not available
on acceptable terms, we may not be able to fund our future
needs. This may prevent us from increasing our market share,
capitalizing on new business opportunities, or remaining
competitive in our industry.
|
|
|
Our Bank Credit Facilities and Senior Subordinated
Notes |
On May 17, 2005, in connection with the acquisition of Bank
Machine, we replaced our then existing bank credit facility with
new facilities provided by BNP Paribas and Bank of America, N.A.
Such facilities were comprised of (i) a revolving credit
facility of up to $100.0 million, (ii) a first lien
term facility of up to $125.0 million, and (iii) and a
second lien term facility of up to $75.0 million.
Borrowings under the facilities were utilized to repay our
existing bank credit facility in full and to fund the
acquisition of Bank Machine. As of December 31, 2005, the
first and second lien term facilities were fully repaid and
retired, as discussed below, and approximately
$45.8 million was outstanding under the new revolving
credit facility.
On August 12, 2005, we sold $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, and utilized the net proceeds from such offering,
along with approximately $7.1 million in borrowings under
our new revolving credit facility and cash on hand, to repay all
of the outstanding borrowings under our recently executed first
and second lien term loan facilities, including all accrued and
unpaid interest related thereto. Additionally, the revolving
credit facility was increased to a maximum borrowing capacity of
$150.0 million immediately following this transaction.
However, in February 2006, we amended the revolving credit
facility to remove and modify certain restrictive covenants
contained within the facility and to reduce the maximum
borrowing capacity from $150.0 million to
$125.0 million. Although the maximum borrowing capacity was
reduced, the overall effect of the amendment was to increase our
liquidity and financial flexibility through the removal and
modification of certain restrictive covenants contained in the
previous revolving credit facility. Such covenants, which were
originally structured to accommodate an acquisitive growth
strategy, have either been eliminated or modified to reflect a
greater reliance on our internal growth initiatives, as
previously discussed. As a result of this amendment, we had
approximately $43.8 million in borrowing capacity under the
revolving credit facility as of March 31, 2006. Additionally, we
recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $0.5 million
associated with the write-off of previously deferred financing
costs related to the facility in connection with this amendment.
Any amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility are not
due until the facilitys final maturity date in May 2010.
As noted above, we are required to comply with certain
restrictive covenants that are contained in our amended
revolving credit facility, including (i) limitations on the
amount of senior debt that we can have outstanding at any given
point in time, (ii) the maintenance of a set ratio of
earnings to fixed charges, as computed on a rolling
12-month basis, and
(iii) limitations on the amount of capital expenditures
that we can incur on a rolling
12-month basis.
Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at
a variable rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate
(LIBOR) or prime rate, at our option. At
March 31, 2006, the weighted average interest rate on our
outstanding facility borrowings was approximately 7.8%.
Borrowings are secured by a lien on substantially all of our
domestic subsidiaries assets (excluding equity interests
in foreign subsidiaries). The borrowings are also secured by the
equity interests in our direct foreign subsidiaries and the
direct subsidiaries of our domestic subsidiaries (limited to 66%
of the voting interests in the direct foreign subsidiaries and
100% of the non-voting interests in such direct foreign
subsidiaries), and contain customary covenants and events of
default.
58
In addition to the above domestic credit facility, Bank Machine
has a £2.0 million unsecured overdraft and borrowing
facility that expires in July 2006. Such facility, which bears
interest at 1.75% over the banks base rate (currently
4.50%), is utilized for general corporate purposes for our
United Kingdom operations. No borrowings were outstanding under
such facility as of March 31, 2006. However, Bank Machine
has posted a £275,000 bond under such facility, which
reduces the amount available for future borrowings under the
facility to £1.725 million. We currently anticipate
refinancing the existing facility for an additional one-year
term upon its expiration in July 2006, with substantially the
same terms and conditions.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
The following table and discussion reflect our significant
contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of
March 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
For the Year Ending December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Contractual Obligations |
|
Total | |
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
2009 | |
|
2010 | |
|
2011 | |
|
Thereafter | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
Long-term debt(a)(b)
|
|
$ |
409,184 |
|
|
$ |
12,428 |
|
|
$ |
22,658 |
|
|
$ |
22,658 |
|
|
$ |
22,658 |
|
|
$ |
73,282 |
|
|
|
18,500 |
|
|
$ |
237,000 |
|
Notes payable(c)
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
5,196 |
|
|
|
2,108 |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
557 |
|
|
|
306 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
Merchant space lease obligations
|
|
|
15,017 |
|
|
|
3,686 |
|
|
|
4,522 |
|
|
|
4,471 |
|
|
|
2,040 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$ |
429,553 |
|
|
$ |
18,378 |
|
|
$ |
28,331 |
|
|
$ |
27,760 |
|
|
$ |
25,255 |
|
|
$ |
73,735 |
|
|
|
18,753 |
|
|
$ |
237,341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Includes the face value of our senior subordinated notes of
$200.0 million, which have been reflected net of
unamortized discount of approximately $1.3 million in our
consolidated financial statements, and the $45.8 million
outstanding under our revolving credit facility. |
|
|
|
(b) |
Amount includes the estimated interest payments associated with
such borrowings. |
|
|
|
(c) |
Amount represents fully-funded notes issued in connection with
the Bank Machine acquisition. |
|
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims
arising in the ordinary course of business, including certain
proceedings which were previously associated with the acquired
E*TRADE Access ATM business. The Companys management does
not expect that the outcome in any of these legal proceedings,
individually or collectively, will have a material adverse
effect on the Companys financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
Effects of Inflation
Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash and
receivables, are not significantly affected by inflation. Our
non-monetary assets, consisting primarily of tangible and
intangible assets, are not affected by inflation. We believe
that replacement costs of equipment, furniture and leasehold
improvements will not materially affect our operations. However,
the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as those for
employee compensation and telecommunications, which may not be
readily recoverable in the price of services offered by us.
Disclosure About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
Our interest expense and our cash rental expense are sensitive
to changes in the general level of interest rates in the United
States and the United Kingdom, particularly because a
substantial portion of our indebtedness accrues interest at
floating rates and our ATM cash rental expense is based on
market rates of
59
interest. Our outstanding vault cash, which represents the cash
we rent and place in our ATMs in cases where the merchant does
not provide the cash, totaled approximately $306.4 million
in the United States and approximately $52.2 million in the
United Kingdom as of March 31, 2006. We pay a monthly fee
on the average amount outstanding to our primary vault cash
providers in the United States and the United Kingdom under a
formula based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR. In
Mexico, our vault cash rental fees are not currently subject to
changes in the general level of interest rates.
We have entered into a number of interest rate swaps to fix the
rate of interest we pay on $300.0 million of our current
and anticipated outstanding domestic vault cash balances through
December 31, 2008, $200.0 million through
December 31, 2009, and $100.0 million through
December 31, 2010. We have not currently entered into any
derivative financial instruments to hedge our variable interest
rate exposure in the United Kingdom. The effect of the domestic
swaps mentioned above was to fix the interest rate paid on the
following notional amounts for the periods identified (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Fixed | |
|
|
Notional Amount |
|
Rate | |
|
Period | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
$300,000
|
|
|
3.65 |
% |
|
|
April 1, 2006 December 31, 2006 |
|
$300,000
|
|
|
3.86 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2007 December 31, 2007 |
|
$300,000
|
|
|
4.35 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2008 December 31, 2008 |
|
$200,000
|
|
|
4.36 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2009 December 31, 2009 |
|
$100,000
|
|
|
4.34 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2010 December 31, 2010 |
|
Net amounts paid or received under such swaps are recorded as
adjustments to our cost of ATM operating revenues in the
accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.
During the three months ended March 31, 2006, there were no
gains or losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statement
of operations as a result of ineffectiveness associated with our
existing interest rate swaps.
Our existing interest rate swaps have been classified as cash
flow hedges pursuant to SFAS No. 133, Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as
amended. Accordingly, changes in the fair values of such swaps
have been reported in accumulated other comprehensive income in
the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. As of
March 31, 2006, the accumulated unrealized gain on such
swaps totaled approximately $7.3 million, net of tax.
Based on the $306.4 million in vault cash outstanding in
the United States as of March 31, 2006, and assuming no
benefits from the existing interest rate hedges that are
currently in place, for every interest rate increase of 100
basis points, we would incur an additional $3.1 million of
vault cash rental expense on an annualized basis. Factoring in
the $300.0 million in interest rate swaps discussed above,
for every interest rate increase of 100 basis points, we would
incur an additional $64,000 of vault cash rental expense on an
annualized basis. Based on the $52.2 million in vault cash
outstanding in the United Kingdom as of March 31, 2006, for
every interest rate increase of 100 basis points, we would incur
an additional $0.5 million of vault cash rental expense on
an annualized basis.
In addition to the above, we are exposed to variable interest
rate risk on borrowings under our domestic revolving credit
facility. Based on the $53.2 million in floating rate debt
outstanding under such facility as of March 31, 2006, for every
interest rate increase of 100 basis points, we would incur
an additional $0.5 million of interest expense. Recent
upward pressure on short-term interest rates in the United
States has resulted in slight increases in our interest expense
under our bank credit facilities and our vault cash rental
expense. Although we currently hedge a substantial portion of
our vault cash interest rate risk through 2010, as noted above,
we may not be able to enter into similar arrangements for
similar amounts in the future. Any significant increase in
interest rates in the future could have an adverse impact on our
business, financial condition and results of operations by
increasing our operating costs and expenses.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Due to our acquisition of Bank Machine in 2005, and our recent
acquisition of a majority interest in Cardtronics Mexico, we are
exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange
rates,
60
specifically with changes in the U.S. Dollar relative to the
British Pound and Mexican Peso. Our United Kingdom and
Mexico subsidiaries are consolidated into our financial results
and are subject to risks typical of international businesses
including, but not limited to, differing economic conditions,
changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other
regulations and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate
volatility. Furthermore, we are required to translate the
financial condition and results of operations of Bank Machine
and Cardtronics Mexico into U.S. Dollars, with any corresponding
translation gains or losses being recorded in other
comprehensive income or loss in our consolidated financial
statements. As of March 31, 2006, such translation losses
totaled approximately $5.4 million.
Our future results could be materially impacted by changes in
the value of the British Pound relative to the U.S. Dollar.
Additionally, as our Mexico operations expand, our future
results could be materially impacted by changes in the value of
the Mexican Peso relative to the U.S. Dollar. At this time, we
have not deemed it to be cost effective to engage in a program
of hedging the effect of foreign currency fluctuations on our
operating results using derivative financial instruments. A
sensitivity analysis indicates that, if the U.S. dollar
uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against the British
Pound, the effect upon Bank Machines operating income for
the three months ended March 31, 2006 would have been an
unfavorable or favorable adjustment, respectively, of
approximately $0.3 million. Given the limited size and
scope of Cardtronics Mexicos current operations, a similar
sensitivity analysis would have resulted in a negligible
adjustment to Cardtronics Mexicos financial results for
the period from the acquisition date through March 31, 2006.
We do not hold derivative commodity instruments and all of our
cash and cash equivalents are held in money market and checking
funds.
Adoption of New Accounting Standard
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R,
Share-Based Payment, a revision of
SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123R eliminates the
intrinsic value method of accounting for stock-based
compensation, as currently allowed under APB Opinion
No. 25, and requires companies to recognize the cost of
employee services received in exchange for awards of equity
instruments based on the fair value of such awards on their
grant date (with limited exceptions). We adopted the provisions
of SFAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006, using
the prospective application method of adoption. Reference is
made to Note 3 in the accompanying condensed consolidated
financial statements for additional information with respect to
the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, and the impact such
adoption had on our financial results for the three months ended
March 31, 2006.
61
THE ATM INDUSTRY
History of the ATM Industry
The first ATMs in the United States were installed in the early
1970s and by 1980 approximately 18,500 ATMs were in use
throughout the nation. These ATMs initially were located at
financial institution branches. As of December 2005, there were
estimated to be approximately 396,000 ATMs in the United States,
the majority of which were located at non-bank locations
according to ATM&Debit News. A non-bank is a company
that is not a federal or state chartered bank, savings and loan,
credit union or other financial institution.
Early in the development of the ATM industry, regional and
national electronic authorization data networks, or electronic
funds transfer networks, connected ATMs to financial
institutions that were members of a particular electronic funds
transfer network. Regional electronic funds transfer networks in
different parts of the United States were not electronically
connected to each other. For example, customers of a bank in New
York could not travel to Los Angeles and access their cash at an
ATM because the networks serving New York and Los Angeles were
not connected. During the 1990s, many regional electronic funds
transfer networks merged or entered into reciprocal processing
agreements with other networks, which helped to increase ATM
usage and spur consumer demand for ATM services.
Although ATMs were originally located only at financial
institution branches, they soon began to appear in a variety of
off-premise locations, such as convenience stores, supermarkets,
drug stores, shopping malls, hotels and airports. Deployment of
off-premise ATMs, however, was impeded by the prevailing
strategy among financial institutions not to charge their
cardholders surcharge fees for the convenience of accessing
their financial institution accounts at non-financial
institution locations. Until 1996, most electronic funds
transfer networks did not allow surcharge fees for ATM
transactions that were routed over their networks. However,
beginning in that year, the two largest electronic funds
transfer networks, Cirrus and Plus, began to allow surcharge
fees and other networks followed. Surcharging revenue made the
deployment of off-premise ATMs economically feasible and
attractive for non-financial institutions. Following this shift,
the number of off-premise ATMs in the United States grew at a
rapid pace.
A Typical ATM Transaction
A typical ATM transaction involves the withdrawal of cash from
an ATM. The cardholder presents an ATM card, issued by his or
her financial institution, at an ATM that may or may not be
owned by the same financial institution. The cardholder then
enters a personal identification number, or PIN, to verify
identity, the cardholders account is checked for adequate
funds and, if everything is satisfactory, cash is dispensed. All
of these communications are routed across one or more electronic
funds transfer networks that electronically connect ATMs and
financial institutions and allow transactions to appear seamless
and nearly instantaneous.
When a cardholder withdraws cash from an ATM that is not owned
by the cardholders financial institution, there are two
charges applied. The first charge is the surcharge fee paid by
the cardholder for using the ATM. The second charge is an
interchange fee that the electronic funds transfer network
charges the cardholders financial institution for routing
a transaction over its network. This fee is divided between the
electronic funds transfer network routing the transaction and
the ATM operator. Often, the cardholders financial
institution also charges the cardholder a fee called a foreign
fee for using an ATM not owned by that financial institution.
This charge helps the financial institution defray the cost of
the interchange fee it pays.
Developing Trends in the ATM Industry
International Opportunities. In many regions of the
world, ATMs are less common than in the U.S. We believe the
ATM industry will grow faster in international markets than in
the U.S., as the number of ATMs per capita in those markets
approaches the U.S. levels. We believe some of these
markets (such as the United Kingdom and Mexico) provide
attractive expansion opportunities for us.
62
The United Kingdom is the third largest ATM market in Europe,
after Germany and Spain. Until the late 1990s, most U.K. ATMs
were installed at bank and building society branches. Non-bank
operators began to deploy ATMs in the United Kingdom in December
1998 when LINK (which connects together the ATM networks of all
U.K. ATM operators) allowed them entry into its network via
arrangements between non-bank operators and U.K. financial
institutions. We believe that non-bank ATM operators have
benefited in recent years from customer demand for more
conveniently located cash machines, the emergence of internet
banking with no established point of presence and the closure of
bank branches due to consolidation. According to APACS, a
total of approximately 58,000 ATMs were deployed in the United
Kingdom as of December 2005, of which approximately 25,700 were
operated by non-banks. This has grown from approximately 36,700
in 2001, with less than 7,000 operated by non-banks.
Mexico currently has approximately 23,500 ATMs operating
throughout the country, most of which are owned by national and
regional banks. Until recently, surcharge fees were not allowed
pursuant to existing Mexican law. However, in July 2005, the
Mexican government approved a measure that now allows ATM
operators to charge a fee to individuals withdrawing cash from
their ATMs. Given the relatively low level of penetration of
ATMs in Mexico, we believe that this recent legislation provides
a unique opportunity for us to capitalize on the expected growth
in off-premise ATMs in Mexico.
Bank and Network Branding Opportunities. Our primary
assets are our contracts with merchants that allow us to operate
ATMs in approximately 26,000 retail locations, many of which are
on prime, high-traffic real estate. Many U.S. banks serving
the market for consumer banking services are aggressively
competing for market share, and part of their competitive
strategy is to increase their number of customer touch points
and to make themselves more convenient to their customers. We
believe that a large owned-ATM network would be a key strategic
asset for a bank, but we also believe it would be uneconomical
for all but the very largest banks to build and operate an
extensive ATM network, and even the largest banks do not operate
nationwide ATM networks. We believe that these factors, when
combined, create significant revenue and profit opportunities
for us.
|
|
|
|
|
Bank branding is a scenario in which ATMs owned and operated by
us are branded, signed, and operated as if they were owned by
the branding bank, and customers of the branding bank can use
those machines without paying a surcharge. The bank pays us a
monthly per-machine fee for such branding. Although we forego
the surcharge fee on ATM transactions by the branding
banks customers, we continue to earn interchange fees on
those transactions and the monthly branding fee, and typically
enjoy an increase in surchargable transactions from users who
are not customers of the branding bank. We believe that a
branding arrangement can substantially increase the
profitability of an ATM versus operating the same machine in an
unbranded mode. |
|
|
|
|
Network branding is an arrangement where a banks customers
are allowed to use our nationwide ATM network on a
surcharge-free basis. Each bank pays us a fixed fee per
cardholder to participate in the network. Although we forego
surcharge revenue on those transactions, we do earn interchange
revenues in addition to network branding revenues, and believe
that many of these transactions are incremental. Consequently,
we believe that branding arrangements can enable us to
profitably operate in the significant portion of the ATM
transaction market that does not involve a surcharge. |
|
Bank and Other Financial Institution Outsourcing
Opportunities. Our industry experience, vendor relationships
and economy of scale advantages provide us with the opportunity
to offer outsourced ATM services to banks and other financial
institutions. Today, many banks and other financial institutions
own significant networks of ATMs that serve as extensions of
their branch networks and increase the level of service offered
to their customers. Large ATM networks, however, are costly to
operate and typically do not provide significant revenue for
banks and other financial institutions. Large banks and other
financial institutions typically incur a monthly operating
expense of approximately $1,500 per off-premise ATM. On
average, large non-bank ATM operators are able to operate
off-premise ATMs at an approximate cost of $1,000 per
month. We believe there is an opportunity for large non-bank ATM
operators with low costs and an established operating history to
contract with financial institutions to manage their ATM
networks. Such an outsourcing arrangement could reduce a
financial institutions operational costs while extending
their customer service.
63
BUSINESS
Company Overview
We operate the largest network of ATMs in the United States and
are a leading independent ATM operator in the United Kingdom
based on number of ATMs operated. We also recently expanded our
operations into Mexico with the purchase of a majority ownership
stake in CCS Mexico, an independent operator of approximately
300 ATMs located throughout the country. As of March 31,
2006, our network included approximately 26,000 ATMs. For the
year ended December 31, 2005, and pro forma for our Bank
Machine acquisition, our ATMs dispensed over $9.2 billion
in cash and processed more than 163.2 million transactions.
We deploy and operate ATMs under two distinct arrangements with
our merchant partners: company-owned and
merchant-owned. Under
company-owned arrangements, we provide the ATM and are typically
responsible for all aspects of its operation, including
procuring cash, supplies and telecommunications as well as
routine and technical maintenance. Under merchant-owned
arrangements, the merchant owns the ATM and is responsible for
providing cash and performing simple maintenance tasks, while we
provide more complex maintenance services, transaction
processing and connection to electronic funds transfer networks.
As of March 31, 2006, approximately 46% of our ATMs were
company-owned and 54% were merchant-owned. Because our margins
are significantly higher on our company-owned machines as a
result of the value of the breadth of services we provide, our
internal and acquisition growth strategy will focus on
increasing the number of company-owned ATMs in our network.
Our domestic ATM network is strengthened by contractual
relationships with leading retail merchants in a variety of
businesses. Amerada Hess, BP Amoco, Chevron, Costco, CVS
Pharmacy, Duane Reade, ExxonMobil, Mills Malls, Sunoco, Target
and Walgreens are among our largest domestic merchants in terms
of our revenues. Alfred Jones, Co-Op, Mitchells &
Butlers, the U.K. Post Office, Tates, Tesco, and TM Retail
are among our largest United Kingdom merchants in terms of our
revenues. Our merchant customers operate high consumer traffic
locations, such as convenience stores, supermarkets, membership
warehouses, drug stores, shopping malls and airports. Our
merchant relationships are typically governed by multi-year
contracts with initial terms of five years or more.
Our revenue is recurring in nature and is primarily derived from
ATM surcharge fees paid by cardholders and interchange fees paid
by their banks and other financial institutions. We generate
additional revenue by branding our ATMs with signage from banks
and other financial institutions, resulting in added convenience
for their customers and increased usage of our ATMs. We
typically provide our merchant customers with all of the
services required to operate an ATM, which include transaction
processing, cash management, maintenance and monitoring. We
believe that we are among the low-cost providers in our industry
due primarily to our substantial network of ATMs, which provides
us significant scale advantages. Our focus on customer service,
together with our experience and scale, has contributed to
strong relationships with leading national and regional
merchants in the United States and we expect to develop the same
strong relationships in the United Kingdom.
Since May 2001, we have acquired 13 networks of ATMs and
one operator of a surcharge-free network, increasing the number
of ATMs we operate from approximately 4,100 to approximately
26,000 as of March 31, 2006. On June 30, 2004, we
acquired the ATM business of E*TRADE Access, adding
approximately 13,155 ATMs to our network, and on May 17,
2005, we acquired Bank Machine, which expanded our operations to
the United Kingdom and added approximately 1,000 ATMs to our
network. From 2001 to 2005, the total number of annual
transactions processed within our network increased from
approximately 19.9 million to approximately
156.9 million.
Our Market Opportunity
The ATM industry has undergone significant expansion in recent
years, largely from growth in the number of ATMs installed as
off-premise ATMs. The number of off-premise ATMs in the United
States outnumbered banking branches by nearly three to one as of
December 2004. Off-premise ATMs are found at locations such as
convenience stores, supermarkets, membership warehouses, drug
stores, shopping malls,
64
hotels and airports. These locations offer a convenient
alternative to obtaining cash from bank tellers or drive-through
facilities. Both merchants and their customers benefit from the
presence of an ATM in a store. Merchants benefit from increased
consumer traffic, reduced check-writing and credit card
processing fees and merchant fees received from us, while
cardholders benefit from increased access to their cash.
We believe significant growth opportunities exist for the
leaders in the ATM industry for the following reasons:
Continued industry growth. We expect that the
number of transactions at off-premise ATMs will continue to grow
as cardholders take advantage of the convenience and added
functionality of ATMs. Approximately 78% of all ATM transactions
are cash withdrawals, with the remainder representing other
basic banking functions, such as balance inquiries, transfers
and deposits. We believe significant opportunities exist for ATM
owners and operators to provide advanced functionality, such as
check cashing, off-premise deposits, withdrawals of cash from
payroll cards, pre-paid cell phone replenishment and bill
payment, all of which should result in increased ATM usage. We
believe that these services will be attractive to that section
of the U.S. population that does not have a bank account.
We anticipate that we will participate in this growth as our key
merchants permit us to deploy and operate ATMs in more of their
existing stores and in new store locations, and as we offer more
advanced functions at our ATMs.
Bank branding and outsourcing opportunities. We
believe that our large ATM network is attractive to banks and
other financial institutions seeking to extend their brand and
provide convenient ATM access to their customers at a lower
cost. By branding our ATMs with their logos, banks and other
financial institutions can interact with their customers more
frequently, increase brand awareness and provide their customers
increased service. A branding arrangement typically involves our
receiving a monthly branding fee and results in higher
profitability for us from the branded ATMs. In addition, while
banks and other financial institutions have historically owned
and operated most of their ATMs, some banks and other financial
institutions have outsourced certain ATM management functions in
order to simplify operations and lower costs. We believe that
increased off-premise branding and the outsourcing of ATM
management functions for banks and other financial institutions
should provide substantial opportunities for additional
long-term growth.
Surcharge-free network opportunities. We believe
that a majority of ATM transactions in the U.S. occur
without the customer paying a surcharge, indicating that our
primary surcharge-based business model addresses only a minority
of the total ATM market. We believe this creates an opportunity
for companies to become actively involved in surcharge-free ATM
networks, in which financial institutions pay ATM operators to
provide surcharge-free access to their ATM customers. This
provides ATM operators with a profitable means of addressing
that portion of customers who generally avoid paying surcharges.
Industry consolidation. The ownership and
operation of ATMs is a fragmented industry with the top ten
operators accounting for approximately 26% of ATMs in the United
States. Some ATM operators may lack the operational scale and
financial resources required to compete effectively with us and
other operators of large ATM networks for business and growth
opportunities, which may result in sales of smaller networks by
ATM operators. We believe that the existing fragmented ownership
and the potential for divestitures will provide continuing
acquisition opportunities for ATM operators with significant
economies of scale.
International opportunities. Many international
markets are beginning to experience an increase in
off-premise ATMs as
surcharging becomes more prevalent and accepted in markets
outside of the United States. We believe that significant
growth opportunities exist in selected international markets as
merchants and non-bank
ATM operators seek to capitalize on growth opportunities for
off-premise ATMs. For example, our recent acquisition of Bank
Machine has positioned us for future growth in the United
Kingdom, where
off-premise ATMs have
accounted for approximately 75% of the total ATM growth since
2000. Additionally, the recent acquisition of a majority
interest in CCS Mexico positions us as the first ISO able to
take advantage of deploying ATMs into off-premise locations in
Mexico. As of March 31, 2006 the Central Bank of Mexico reports
there are approximately 23,500 ATMs in Mexico and with a
population of approximately 104.5 million people we believe
there is significant opportunity to profitably deploy additional
off-premise ATMs.
65
Our Strengths
Leading market position. The following table sets
forth our leading position in the U.S. ATM market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rank | |
|
U.S. ATM Network |
|
ATMs | |
|
% of Total | |
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
1 |
|
|
Cardtronics |
|
|
25,116 |
|
|
|
6.3% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
Bank of America |
|
|
16,714 |
|
|
|
4.2% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
TRM |
|
|
16,329 |
|
|
|
4.1% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
NetBank |
|
|
9,649 |
|
|
|
2.4% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
JPMorgan Chase |
|
|
6,900 |
|
|
|
1.7% |
|
|
6 |
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
6,363 |
|
|
|
1.6% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
International Merchant Services |
|
|
5,900 |
|
|
|
1.5% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
7-Eleven Stores |
|
|
5,341 |
|
|
|
1.3% |
|
|
9 |
|
|
Wachovia |
|
|
5,119 |
|
|
|
1.3% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
U.S. Bancorp |
|
|
5,003 |
|
|
|
1.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Top 10) |
|
|
102,434 |
|
|
|
25.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Market |
|
|
396,000 |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
Source: ATM&Debit News, public filings and company
websites, as of December 2005
Nationwide network of leading retail merchants under
multi-year contracts. Our focus on customer service,
together with our experience and size, has enabled us to develop
and expand relationships with national and regional merchants,
such as Amerada Hess, BP Amoco, Chevron, Costco, CVS Pharmacy,
Duane Reade, ExxonMobil, Mills Malls, Sunoco, Target and
Walgreens, among others. Through our Bank Machine acquisition,
we have recently established relationships in the United Kingdom
with Alfred Jones, Co-Op, Mitchells & Butlers, the U.K.
Post Office, Tates, Tesco, and TM Retail, among others.
These merchants typically operate high traffic locations, which
we have found to result in increased ATM activity and
profitability. In addition, these relationships can provide
opportunities to deploy additional ATMs in new locations. No
single customer accounted for more than 6% of our total pro
forma revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005, with
our ten largest merchant customers cumulatively representing
less than 27% of our total pro forma revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2005. We believe our merchant customers value
our high level of service, our 24 hour per day
accessibility and our average 99% up time availability in
the U.S. Due to these and other factors, we have not
renewed only two of our 50 most significant merchant contracts
over the last five years.
Recurring and stable revenue and operating cash
flow. We generally operate our large base of ATMs under
multi-year contracts that provide us with a recurring and stable
source of transaction-based revenue and typically have an
initial term of five to seven years. As of March 31, 2006,
our top 10 merchants had an average of approximately
4.5 years remaining on their contracts. Our recurring
revenue base, relatively low and predictable maintenance capital
expenditure requirements and minimal working capital
requirements allow us to maintain predictable and consistent
operating cash flows. On a pro forma basis, these sources of
revenue accounted for approximately 96% of our total revenues
for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
Low-cost provider. We believe the size of our
network combined with our operating infrastructure allows us to
be among the low-cost providers in our industry. In addition, we
believe our operating costs per ATM are approximately half of
the operating costs incurred by bank ATM operators. We outsource
some functions, such as
on-site maintenance and
cash management, and can take advantage of our size and market
position to obtain favorable pricing from our service vendors
and for the purchase of new ATMs. We believe our success to date
is largely attributable to our exclusive focus on the ATM
industry and our ability to provide reliable customer service in
a cost-effective manner.
Experienced and committed management team. We have
a strong senior management team with a combined average of over
20 years of financial services and payment
processing-related experience. Our senior management team has
developed extensive relationships and a leadership position in
the industry, including directorships on several industry
association boards. We believe this leadership role helps us to
66
attract new merchant customers and provides us with increased
acquisition and bank branding opportunities. Our management team
owns approximately 24% of our outstanding common stock on a
fully diluted basis.
Our Strategy
Our strategy is to enhance our position as the leading owner and
operator of ATMs in the United States and to expand our network
further into select foreign markets. In order to execute this
strategy we will endeavor to:
Increase penetration and ATM count with leading
merchants. We have two principal opportunities to
increase the number of ATM sites with our existing merchants:
first, by deploying ATMs in our merchants existing
locations that currently do not have, but where traffic volumes
justify installing, an ATM; and second, as our merchants open
new locations, by installing ATMs in those locations. From the
beginning of 2001 through 2005, we increased the number of ATMs
operated by us in the United States through organic growth by
approximately 2,050. We believe our expertise, national
footprint, strong record of customer service with leading
merchants and our significant scale position us to successfully
market to, and enter into long-term contracts with, other
leading national and regional merchants.
Capitalize on bank branding and outsourcing
opportunities. We believe we are strongly positioned to
work with financial institutions to fulfill their ATM
requirements. Our ATM services offered to financial institutions
include branding our ATMs with their logos, managing their
off-premise ATM networks on an outsourced basis or buying their
off-premise networks in combination with branding arrangements.
We currently have branding arrangements in place with domestic
financial institutions involving upwards of 2,300 ATMs.
Capitalize on surcharge-free network
opportunities. We plan to continue to pursue
opportunities with respect to our surcharge-free network, where
financial institutions pay us to allow surcharge-free access to
our ATM network. We believe this arrangement will enable us to
increase transaction counts and profitability on our existing
machines.
Pursue selected acquisition opportunities. We plan
to continue to pursue selected acquisitions that complement our
existing ATM network using our proven, disciplined acquisition
and integration methodology. Determination of attractive
acquisition targets is based on many factors, including existing
merchant contract terms, potential operating efficiencies and
cost savings, the quality of associated merchant relationships
and our anticipated return on investment. We believe that
significant expansion opportunities continue to exist in the
United Kingdom and other international markets, and we are
actively considering several such opportunities at the present
time.
Explore new geographic markets. In conjunction
with our entry into the United Kingdom ATM market, we plan to
take advantage of opportunities to reach under-penetrated
markets worldwide where we can leverage the significant
economies of scale, operating expertise and superior customer
service capabilities we have developed domestically. Our
decision to purchase a majority ownership interest in
CCS Mexico in February 2006 is an example of the types of
opportunities we may evaluate and pursue.
Recent Transactions
Bank Machine Acquisition. On May 17, 2005, we
acquired the ATM business of Bank Machine Limited, an
independent operator of ATMs in the United Kingdom, for
approximately $92.0 million in cash and 35,221 shares
of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock valued by us at
approximately $3.0 million. Through this transaction, we
acquired approximately 1,000 ATMs and related site agreements,
of which approximately 850 were company-owned and 150 were
merchant-owned ATMs. On average, these ATMs process more than
twice the number of surcharge-bearing transactions and have
approximately 21% higher revenue per surcharge-bearing
transaction than our domestic ATMs. This acquisition also
allowed us to expand our business to the United Kingdom and
positions us for further expansion to other European markets.
67
E*TRADE Access Acquisition. On June 30, 2004,
we acquired the ATM business of E*TRADE Access, Inc., an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of E*TRADE Financial Corp., for
approximately $106.9 million in cash. Through this
transaction we acquired 13,155 ATMs and related placement
agreements, of which approximately 2,450 were company-owned and
10,705 were merchant-owned. As a result of this acquisition, we
increased the number of ATM machines that we own or manage from
approximately 12,000 to over 25,000 ATMs. This acquisition also
allowed us to expand our relationships with national merchants,
including Albertsons, Chevron, CVS Pharmacy and Target, through
the placement agreements that we acquired.
Other Acquisitions. On March 1, 2005, we
acquired a portfolio of approximately 475 ATMs and related
contracts located in independent grocery stores in and around
the New York metropolitan area for approximately
$8.2 million in cash. On April 21, 2005, we acquired a
portfolio of approximately 330 ATMs and related contracts, at BP
Amoco locations throughout the Midwest, for approximately
$9.0 million in cash. Such acquisitions were funded with
cash on hand and borrowings under our bank credit facilities.
Substantially all of the ATMs acquired in these transactions
were company-owned.
On December 21, 2005, we acquired all of the outstanding
shares of ATM National, Inc., the owner and operator of the
Allpoint nationwide surcharge-free ATM network. The
consideration for such acquisition totaled $4.8 million,
and was comprised of $2.6 million in cash,
21,111 shares of our common stock, and the assumption of
approximately $0.4 million in additional liabilities.
In February 2006, the Company acquired a majority ownership
stake in CCS Mexico, an independent ATM operator located in
Mexico, for approximately $1.0 million in cash
consideration and the assumption of approximately
$0.4 million in additional liabilities. Additionally, the
Company incurred approximately $0.3 million in transaction
costs associated with this acquisition. CCS Mexico, which was
renamed Cardtronics Mexico upon the completion of the
Companys investment, currently operates approximately
300 surcharging ATMs in selected retail locations
throughout Mexico. With Mexico having just recently approved
surcharging for off-premise ATMs, the Company anticipates
placing additional surcharging ATMs in other retail
establishments throughout Mexico as those opportunities arise.
Preferred Stock Offering. On February 10,
2005, we issued 894,568 shares of our Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock to investment funds controlled by TA
Associates, Inc. for gross proceeds of $75.0 million,
representing a 30.6% equity interest on a fully diluted basis as
of such date. The net proceeds of this offering were used to
redeem all of the outstanding shares of our Series A
Preferred Stock and to repurchase approximately 24% of our
outstanding shares of common stock and vested options to
purchase our common stock. In connection with that offering, we
also appointed two designees of TA Associates, Inc. to our board
of directors.
Amended and Restated Credit Facilities and Senior
Subordinated Notes Offering. On May 17, 2005,
in connection with our Bank Machine acquisition, we amended and
restated our bank credit facilities with BNP Paribas and Bank of
America, N.A. We used borrowings from these secured facilities
to finance our Bank Machine acquisition and repay amounts under
our prior facilities. Our bank credit facilities, as amended and
restated, consisted of a revolving credit facility of up to
$100.0 million, a first lien term facility of up to
$125.0 million and a second lien term facility of up to
$75.0 million. Substantially all of our domestic assets and
65% of the capital stock of our United Kingdom subsidiaries are
pledged to secure borrowings under our bank credit facilities.
Furthermore, each of our domestic subsidiaries has guaranteed
our obligations under the bank credit facilities.
On August 12, 2005, we sold $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, and utilized the net proceeds from such offering,
along with approximately $7.1 million in borrowings under
our new revolving credit facility and cash on hand, to repay all
of the outstanding borrowings under our recently executed first
and second lien term loan facilities, including all accrued and
unpaid interested related thereto. Additionally, the revolving
credit facility was increased to a maximum borrowing capacity of
$150.0 million immediately following this transaction.
However, in February 2006, we amended the revolving credit
facility to reduce the maximum borrowing capacity to
$125.0 million
68
and to remove or amend certain restrictive covenants contained
in such facility. As of March 31, 2006, we had
approximately $53.2 million outstanding under the facility,
and the ability to borrow an additional $43.8 million based
on the covenants contained in such facility. Any amounts drawn
under such facility are not due until the facilitys
maturity date in May 2010.
Our Products and Services
We typically provide our leading merchant customers with all of
the services required to operate an ATM, which include
transaction processing, cash management, maintenance and
monitoring. In connection with the operations of our or our
customers ATMs, we generate revenue on a per-transaction
basis from the surcharge fees charged to cardholders for the
convenience of using ATMs and from interchange fees charged to
such cardholders financial institutions for processing the
ATM transactions. We also take advantage of the preferential
pricing we receive from NCR due to our master value added
reseller status and resell equipment to smaller equipment
resellers and others.
The following table provides detail relating to the number of
ATMs we owned and operated under our various arrangements as of
March 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company-Owned | |
|
Merchant-Owned | |
|
|
|
|
ATMs | |
|
ATMs | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Number of ATMs
|
|
|
11,800 |
|
|
|
14,100 |
|
|
|
25,900 |
|
Percent of total ATMs
|
|
|
46 |
% |
|
|
54 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
Average monthly surcharge transactions per ATM
|
|
|
420 |
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
333 |
|
Recently, we have entered into arrangements with financial
institutions and others to brand certain of our company-owned
ATMs. A branding arrangement allows a bank to expand its
geographic presence for a fraction of the cost of building a
branch location, and typically for less than the cost of placing
one of its own ATMs at that location, allowing a bank to rapidly
increase its number of branded ATM sites and, defensively,
prevent other financial institutions from entering into these
locations. Under these arrangements, the branding banks
customers are typically allowed to use the branded ATM without
paying a surcharge fee to us. In return, we receive monthly fees
on a per-ATM basis from the branding bank, while retaining our
standard fee schedule for other cardholders using the branded
ATM. In addition, we typically receive increased interchange
revenue as a result of increased usage of our ATMs by the
branding banks customers. We intend to pursue additional
opportunities to enter into bank branding arrangements as part
of our growth strategy. As of May 31, 2006 we had branding
arrangements in place with nine domestic financial institutions
involving upwards of 2,300 ATMs.
Another branding arrangement is our participation in the
Allpoint nationwide surcharge-free ATM network. Cardholders of
the financial institutions that are members of the network can
use our ATMs free of surcharges in exchange for a payment of a
fixed monthly fee per cardholder included in the network. We
acquired all of the outstanding shares of ATM National, Inc.,
the owner and operator of this network, in December 2005.
Finally, we have also allowed electronic funds transfer networks
to place signage on our ATMs for which we receive a fixed fee
per ATM.
We have found that the primary factor affecting transaction
volume at a given ATM is its location. Our strategy in deploying
our ATMs, particularly those placed under company-owned
arrangements, is to identify and deploy ATMs at locations that
provide high visibility and high transaction volume. Our
experience has demonstrated that the following locations often
meet these criteria: convenience stores and combination
convenience stores and gas stations, grocery stores, airports
and major regional and national retail outlets. We have entered
into multi-year agreements with a number of merchants with these
types of locations, including A&P, Albertsons, Amerada Hess,
Chevron, Costco, CVS Pharmacy, Duane Reade, ExxonMobil, Giant,
Kroger, Mills Malls, Rite Aid, Sunoco, Target and Walgreens in
the United States, and Alfred Jones, Co-Op, Mitchells &
Butlers, the U.K. Post Office, Tates, Tesco, and TM Retail in
the United Kingdom. We believe
69
that once a cardholder establishes a pattern of using a
particular ATM, the cardholder will generally continue to use
that ATM.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing team focuses on developing new
relationships with national and regional merchants and on
building and maintaining relationships with our existing
merchants. The team is organized into groups that specialize in
marketing to specific merchant industry segments, which allows
us to tailor our offering to the specific requirements of each
merchant customer. Our sales and marketing team is composed of
20 employees, who receive a combination of incentive-based
compensation and a base salary.
In addition to targeting new business opportunities, our sales
and marketing team supports our acquisition initiatives by
building and maintaining relationships with newly acquired
merchants. We seek to identify growth opportunities within each
merchant account by analyzing the merchants sales at each
of its locations, foot traffic and various demographic data to
determine the best opportunities for new ATM placements. We also
pursue branding and outsourcing opportunities with financial
institutions to manage and operate their ATM networks.
Primary Vendor Relationships
To maintain an efficient and flexible operating structure, we
outsource certain aspects of our operations, including
transaction processing, cash management and maintenance. Due to
the number of ATMs we operate, we believe we have obtained
favorable pricing terms from most of our major vendors. We
contract for the provision of the services described below in
connection with our operations.
Transaction processing. We contract with and pay fees to
third parties who process transactions originating from our
ATMs. These processors communicate with the cardholders
financial institution through an electronic funds transfer
network to obtain transaction authorization and settle
transactions. These transaction processors include Star Systems,
Fiserv and Genpass in the United States and LINK in the
United Kingdom, with a majority of transactions being
handled by Star Systems under a newly extended agreement that
runs until August 31, 2007 and features pricing that
provides discounts for higher transaction volumes. In Mexico, we
utilize Prosa to process transactions originating from our ATMs
Electronic funds transfer network services. Our
transactions are routed over various electronic funds transfer
networks to obtain authorization for cash disbursements and to
provide account balances. Such networks include Star, Pulse,
NYCE, Cirrus and Plus in the United States, LINK in the United
Kingdom, and Prosa (Promocion y Operacion S.A.) in Mexico.
Electronic funds transfer networks set the interchange fees that
they charge to the financial institutions, as well as the amount
paid to us. We attempt to maximize the utility of our ATMs to
cardholders by participating in as many electronic funds
transfer networks as practical.
ATM equipment. We purchase substantially all of our ATMs
from national manufacturers, including NCR, Diebold, Tidel
Technologies Inc., Triton Systems, Inc. and Wincor/ Nixdorf. The
large quantity of ATMs that we purchase from these manufacturers
enables us to receive favorable pricing and payment terms. In
addition, we maintain close working relationships with these
manufacturers in the course of our business, allowing us to stay
informed regarding product updates and to minimize technical
problems with purchased equipment. Under our company-owned
arrangements, we deploy high quality, multi-function ATMs,
typically purchased from NCR, Diebold and Wincor/ Nixdorf. Under
our merchant-owned arrangements, we deploy ATMs that are
cost-effective and appropriate for the merchant. These are
purchased from a variety of ATM vendors. Although we currently
purchase a substantial majority of our ATMs from NCR, we believe
our relationships with our other ATM suppliers are good and that
we would be able to purchase the ATMs we require for our
company-owned operations from other ATM manufacturers if we were
no longer able to purchase ATMs from NCR.
ATM maintenance. In the United States, we typically
contract with third-party service providers for the provision of
on-site maintenance
services. We have multi-year maintenance agreements with
Diebold, NCR and EFMARK in the United States. In the United
Kingdom, maintenance services are provided by in-house
70
technicians. In Mexico, such maintenance is currently provided
by in-house technicians or local third-party contractors.
However, given our expected growth in the region we are
currently in negotiations with seasoned maintenance providers
such as Diebold and Microformas.
Cash management. We obtain cash to fill our
company-owned, and in some cases merchant-owned, ATMs under
arrangements with our cash providers, Bank of America, N.A. and
Palm Desert National Bank in the United States and Alliance and
Leicester Commercial Bank in the United Kingdom. We pay a LIBOR
based fee on the daily outstanding cash balances. As of
March 31, 2006, we had $306.4 million in cash in our
domestic ATMs under these arrangements, with over 98% of this
cash provided by Bank of America, N.A. under a newly extended
vault cash agreement that runs until August 2, 2007. In the
United Kingdom, the balance of cash held in our ATMs at
December 31, 2005, was approximately $52.2 million.
Bank of America also contracts with third parties to provide us
with cash management services, which include reporting, armored
courier coordination, cash ordering, cash insurance,
reconciliation of ATM cash balances, ATM cash level monitoring
and claims processing with armored couriers, financial
institutions and processors.
In Mexico, the cash utilized to fill our ATMs is currently
provided by Bansi Bank, and totaled approximately
$18.9 million pesos ($1.7 million U.S.) as of
March 31, 2006. The fees for such cash are currently based
on the level of transactions conducted on the underlying ATMs.
However, we are currently exploring other vault cash
arrangements with other financial institutions, the pricing of
which may be tied to prevailing interest rates.
Cash replenishment. We contract with armored courier
services to transport and transfer cash to our ATMs. We use
leading armored couriers such as Brinks Incorporated,
Loomis, Fargo & Co., EFMARK, Premium Armored Services,
Inc. and Bantek West, Inc. in the United States and Brinks
and Securicor in the United Kingdom. In Mexico, such services
are provided by Serbico Pan American (25% owned by
Brinks). Under these arrangements, the armored couriers
pick up the cash in bulk and, using instructions received from
our cash providers, prepare the cash for delivery to each ATM on
the designated fill day. Following a predetermined schedule, the
armored couriers visit each location on the designated fill day,
load cash into each ATM by either adding additional cash into a
cassette, or by swapping out the remaining cash for a new fully
loaded cassette, and then balance the machine and provide cash
reporting to the applicable cash provider.
Technology
Our technology and operations platform consists of ATM
equipment, ATM and internal network infrastructure, cash
management and customer service. This platform is designed to
provide our merchant customers with what we believe is a high
quality suite of services.
ATM equipment. In the United States and Mexico we use
ATMs from national manufacturers, including NCR, Diebold, Tidel
Technologies and Triton Systems. The wide range of advanced
technology available from these ATM manufacturers provides our
merchant customers with advanced features and reliability
through sophisticated diagnostics and self-testing routines. The
different machine types can perform basic functions, such as
dispensing cash and displaying account information. Some of our
ATMs are modular and upgradeable so they can be adapted to
provide additional services in response to changing technology
and consumer demand. For example, a portion of our ATMs can be
upgraded to accept deposits through the installation of
additional hardware and software components.
We operate three basic types of ATMs in the United Kingdom:
(1) convenience, which are internal to a
merchants premises, (2) through the wall,
which are external to a merchants premises, and
(3) pods, a free-standing kiosk style ATM, also
located external to a merchants premises. The ATMs are
principally manufactured by NCR.
Transaction processing. We place significant emphasis on
providing quality service with a high level of security and
minimal interruption. We have carefully selected support vendors
to optimize the performance of
71
our ATM network. In addition, our transaction processors provide
sophisticated security analysis and monitoring 24 hours a
day.
Internal systems. Our internal systems include multiple
layers of security to help protect them from unauthorized
access. Protection from external sources is provided by the use
of hardware and software-based security features that isolate
our sensitive systems. We also use the most effective
commercially available encryption technology to protect
communications. On our internal network, we employ user
authentication and anti-virus tools at multiple levels. These
systems are protected by detailed security rules to limit access
to all critical systems and, to our knowledge, our security
systems have never been breached. Our systems components are
directly accessible by a limited number of employees on a need-
only basis. Our gateway connections to our electronic funds
transfer network service providers provide us with real-time
access to transaction details, such as cardholder verification,
authorization and funds transfer. We have installed these
communications circuits with backup connectivity to help protect
us from telecommunications problems in any particular circuit.
We use custom software that continuously monitors the
performance of the ATMs in our network, including details of
transactions at each ATM and expenses relating to that ATM,
including fees payable to the merchant. This software permits us
to generate detailed financial information for each ATM
location, allowing us to monitor each locations
profitability. We analyze transaction volume and profitability
data to determine whether to continue operating at a given site,
how to price various operating arrangements with merchants and
branding arrangements, and to create a profile of successful ATM
locations so as to assist us in deciding the best locations for
additional ATM deployments.
Cash management. We have our own internal cash management
department that utilizes data generated by our cash providers,
internally generated data and a proprietary methodology to
confirm daily orders, audit delivery of cash to armored couriers
and ATMs, monitor cash balances for cash shortages, coordinate
and manage emergency cash orders and audit costs from both
armored couriers and cash providers.
Our cash management department uses proprietary analytical
models to determine the necessary fill frequency and load amount
for each ATM. Based on location, day of the week, upcoming
holidays and events and other factors, we project cash
requirements for each ATM on a daily basis. After receiving a
cash order from us, the cash provider transfers the requested
amount of cash to a bank near the ATM where the designated
armored courier can access the cash and subsequently transport
it to the ATM.
Customer service. We believe one of the factors that
differentiates us from our competitors is our customer service
responsiveness and proactive approach to managing any ATM
downtime. We use proprietary software that continuously monitors
the performance of our ATMs for service interruptions and
notifies our maintenance vendors for prompt dispatch of
necessary service calls.
We also offer our merchant customers customized ATM activity
reporting that includes daily, weekly or monthly transaction and
uptime reporting. Our standard reporting to our merchants
includes summary transaction reports that are made available in
the first week of every month. In addition, in the U.S. we
have developed an interactive website that allows our merchant
customers to access real-time information.
We maintain a proprietary database of transactions made on and
performance metrics for all of our ATM locations. This data is
aggregated into individual merchant customer profiles that are
readily accessible by our customer service representatives and
managers. We believe our proprietary database enables us to
provide superior quality and accessible and reliable customer
support.
Merchant Customers
In the United States, we have contracts with approximately 50
major national and regional merchants, including convenience
stores, supermarkets, drug stores and other high traffic retail
chains, and approximately 13,700 independent merchants. Most of
our merchant customers are non-exclusive partners with us. For
the three months ended March 31, 2006 and for the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, both on an actual and pro
forma basis, no single merchant customer accounted for 10% or
more of our total revenues.
72
The terms of our merchant contracts vary as a result of
negotiations at the time of execution. In the case of
company-owned arrangements, which are typically employed with
our major national and regional merchants, the contact terms
vary, but typically include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
an initial term of five to seven years; |
|
|
|
ATM exclusivity at locations where we install an ATM; |
|
|
|
protection for us against underperforming locations by
permitting us to increase the surcharge fee or remove ATMs; |
|
|
|
in the United States, provisions permitting us to terminate or
remove ATMs or renegotiate the fees paid to the merchant if
surcharge fees are generally reduced or eliminated by
law; and |
|
|
|
provisions making the merchants fee dependent on the
number of ATM transactions. |
Our contracts under merchant-owned arrangements typically
include similar terms, as well as the following additional terms:
|
|
|
|
|
in the United States, provisions prohibiting in-store check
cashing by the merchant and, in the United States and
United Kingdom, the operation of any other cash-back devices; |
|
|
|
provisions imposing an obligation on the merchant to operate the
ATM at any time his or her store is open to the public; and |
|
|
|
provisions, when possible, that require a merchant to have a
purchaser of the merchants store assume our contract. |
Seasonality
Our overall business is somewhat seasonal in nature with
generally fewer transactions occurring in the first quarter. We
typically experience increased transaction levels during the
holiday buying season at our ATMs located in shopping malls and
lower volumes in the months following the holiday season.
Similarly, we have seen increases in transaction volumes in the
spring at our ATMs located near popular spring-break
destinations. Conversely, transaction volumes at our ATMs
located in regions affected by strong winter weather patterns
typically decline as a result of decreases in the amount of
consumer traffic through the locations in which we operate our
ATMs. These declines, however, have been offset somewhat by
increases in the number of our ATMs located in shopping malls
and other retail locations that benefit from increased consumer
traffic during the holiday buying season. We expect these
location-specific and regional fluctuations in transaction
volumes to continue in the future.
In the United Kingdom, seasonality in transaction patterns tends
to be similar to the seasonal patterns in the general retail
market. Generally, the highest transaction volumes occur on
weekend days and, thus, monthly transaction volumes will
fluctuate based on the number of weekends in a given month.
However, we, like other independent ATM operators, experience a
drop in the number of transactions we process during the
Christmas season due to consumers greater tendency to shop
in the vicinity of free ATMs and our closure of some of our ATM
sites over the Christmas break. We expect these
location-specific and regional fluctuations in transaction
volumes to continue in the future.
Competition
We compete with financial institutions and other independent ATM
companies for additional ATM placements, new merchant accounts
and acquisitions. Several of our competitors, namely national
financial institutions, are larger, more established and while
these entities may have fewer ATMs than we do, they have greater
financial and other resources than us. For example, our major
domestic competitors include banks such as Bank of America,
US Bancorp and PNC Corp., as well as non-banks such as TRM.
In the United Kingdom, we compete with several large non-bank
ATM operators, including Cardpoint, TRM, Scott Tod and Hanco, as
well as banks such as the Royal Bank of Scotland and Lloyds,
among others. In Mexico, we compete primarily with national and
regional financial institutions. However, many of our
competitors do not
73
have a singular focus on ATM management, and we believe this
focus gives us a significant competitive advantage. In addition,
we believe the scale of our extensive ATM network and our focus
on customer service also provide significant competitive
advantages.
U.S. Government and Industry Regulation
Our principal business, ATM network ownership and operation, is
not subject to significant government regulation. However,
various aspects of our business are subject to state regulation.
Our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could
result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products
and services in such states, as well as the imposition of civil
fines.
Americans with Disabilities Act. The ADA currently
prescribes provisions that ATMs be made accessible to and
independently usable by persons with vision impairments. The
Department of Justice may adopt new accessibility guidelines
under the ADA that will include provisions addressing ATMs and
how to make them more accessible to the disabled. Under the
proposed guidelines that have been published for comment, but
not yet adopted, ATM height and reach requirements would be
shortened, keypads would be required to be laid out in the
manner of telephone keypads, and ATMs would be required to
possess speech capabilities, among other modifications. If
adopted, these new guidelines would affect the manufacture of
ATM equipment going forward, and could require us to retrofit
ATMs in our network as those ATMs are refurbished or updated for
other purposes. We are committed to ensuring that all of our
ATMs comply with all applicable ADA laws. Therefore, we have
been developing plans which would bring all of our ATMs into
compliance with the new guidelines within the allocated time
period. In connection with our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we
assumed obligations related to litigation instituted by the
National Federation of the Blind relating to these matters. See
Legal Proceedings. It is possible that through
either a settlement or judgment entered in this lawsuit, our
obligations to implement the new accessibility guidelines may be
accelerated, but we do not believe such acceleration will result
in significant additional costs over our current ADA upgrade
effort.
EPP and Triple DES. Data encryption makes ATMs more
tamper-resistant. Two of the more recently developed advanced
data encryption methods are commonly referred to as EPP and
Triple DES. We have adopted a policy that any new ATMs that we
acquire from a manufacturer must be EPP and Triple DES
compliant. We have budgeted $12.8 million to accomplish
this encryption upgrade all of our ATMs by the end of 2007. We
believe this time frame will be acceptable to the major
processing networks. However, if we must accelerate our upgrade
schedule, we would also be required to significantly accelerate
our capital expenditures with respect to these upgrades.
Surcharge regulation. The imposition of surcharges is not
currently subject to federal regulation. There have been,
however, various state and local efforts to ban or limit
surcharges, generally as a result of activities of consumer
advocacy groups that believe that surcharges are unfair to
cardholders. Generally, United States federal courts have ruled
against these efforts. We are not aware of any existing
surcharging bans or limits applicable to us in any of the
jurisdictions in which we currently do business. Nevertheless,
there can be no assurance that surcharges will not be banned or
limited in the cities and states where we operate. Such a ban or
limit would have a material adverse effect on us and other ATM
operators.
Electronic funds transfer network regulations. Electronic
funds transfer regional networks have adopted extensive
regulations that are applicable to various aspects of our
operations and the operations of other ATM network operators.
The Electronic Fund Transfer Act, commonly known as
Regulation E, is the major source of electronic funds
transfer network regulations. The regulations promulgated under
Regulation E establish the basic rights, liabilities, and
responsibilities of consumers who use electronic fund transfer
services and of financial institutions that offer these
services. The services covered include, among other services,
ATM transactions. Generally, Regulation E requires us to
provide notice of the fee to be charged the consumer, establish
limits on the consumers liability for unauthorized use of
his card, provide receipts to the consumer, and establish
protest procedures for the consumer. We believe that we are in
material compliance with these regulations and, if any
deficiencies were discovered, that we would be able to correct
them before they had a material adverse impact on our business.
74
U.K. Government and Industry Regulation
In the United Kingdom, the Treasury Select Committee of the
House of Commons heard evidence in 2005 from interested parties
with respect to surcharges in the ATM industry. This committee
was formed to investigate public concerns regarding the ATM
industry. We understand that the areas of focus included
adequacy of disclosure to ATM customers regarding surcharges,
whether ATM providers should be required to provide free
services in low-income areas and whether to limit the level of
surcharges. The Committee recommended to Parliament that ATMs
should be subject to the Banking Code, which is a voluntary code
of practice adopted by all financial institutions in the United
Kingdom. The U.K. government has yet to signal its acceptance of
the Committees report. There is no certainty the report
will be accepted. Should the report be accepted, the main impact
of the Banking Code will be that ATM operators will be required
to provide 30 days notice to the public prior to
converting a surcharge-free ATM to one which charges surcharges.
In practice, this notice will be achieved through the posting of
signage beside the ATM for the 30 days prior to the change.
Mexico Government and Industry
The regulation of ATMs in Mexico is controlled by the Central
Bank and is similar to that of the U.S. or the U.K. in that you
must have a sponsoring bank, specific signage that is required
to be displayed on the exterior of the ATM and certain
information regarding surcharging is required to be displayed on
the screen of the ATM. Other issues like EPP and triple DES
compliant upgrades are driven by global industry standards.
Legal Proceedings
In connection with our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we assumed
responsibility for a lawsuit instituted in Massachusetts Federal
District Court (the Court) by the National
Federation of the Blind (NFB) and the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts. In this lawsuit, the plaintiffs initially
sought to require E*TRADE Access to make all of the ATMs in its
network voice-enabled, or capable of providing
audible instructions to a visually-impaired person upon that
person inserting a headset plug into an outlet at the ATM. In
response to a motion filed by us, on February 22, 2005, the
Court ruled that the plaintiffs were not entitled to this
relief. Following the Courts order, the plaintiffs filed
an amended petition stating that we had failed to make ATM
banking services fully accessible and independently usable by
individuals who are blind. Believing that the plaintiffss
amended petition was fatally defective in that it failed to
precisely define the remedy sought by the plaintiffs, we filed a
motion for summary judgment on this point. Likewise, the
plaintiffs filed a motion for summary judgment requesting
the Court to issue an injunction requiring us to make our ATMs
independently usable by the visually impaired. In February 2006,
the Court agreed, in part, with our position and gave the NFB
90 days to specify a non-voice enabled remedy or face
possible dismissal of some of their claims. In May 2006, NFB
filed its response to the Courts directive and has once
again suggested to the Court that a voice enabled
remedy is within the Courts purview. At this date, we have
not filed a response to this most recent filing by the NFB, but
may do so in the near future. However, since the Courts
February 2006 order, we have filed two motions with the Court.
The first motion seeks clarification of the Courts
February 2006 order on two issues, including: (i) whether
the Court should dismiss that portion of the NFBs claims
against Cardtronics that are wrongly predicated on Cardtronics
being deemed a banking institution; and (ii) whether the
NFB must prove, with respect to certain of its claims, the date
of construction on each building in which a Cardtronics ATM is
installed. Our second motion challenges the NFBs standing
to bring the lawsuit. As a result of that later motion, all
discovery in the case has been stayed pending the Courts
ruling on such motion. Hearings on these motions are expected in
the third quarter of 2006.
Pursuant to the ATM management agreement that we assumed in
connection with the acquisition of the Winn-Dixie portfolio in
2003, Winn-Dixie was required to provide us with a rebate for
most ATMs that were removed due to its store closures.
Additionally, as part of that acquisition, we were designated as
the beneficiary of a letter of credit under which we could make
draws in the event Winn-Dixie refused to pay such rebates.
Subsequent to drawing down the full $3.6 million available
under such letter of credit, the former owner of the Winn-Dixie
ATM portfolio initiated an arbitration action against us for
restitution of a
75
portion of such funds drawn by us. However, such arbitration
action was settled in January 2006, the result of which had no
material impact on our financial condition or results of
operations.
In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to
periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims. Although we cannot
predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits,
investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe
that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a
party, other than the litigation discussed above, will have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
cash flows or financial condition.
Employees
As of March 31, 2006, we had approximately 248 employees,
including approximately 12 employees that were acquired as
part of the CCS Mexico acquisition in February 2006. None of our
employees is represented by a union or covered by a collective
bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our
employees are good.
Facilities
Our principal executive offices are located at 3110 Hayes Road,
Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77082, and our telephone number
is (281) 596-9988. We lease approximately
26,000 square feet of space under our Houston office lease
and approximately 11,000 square feet in warehouse space in
Houston, Texas and our satellite office in Temple, Texas. In
addition we lease approximately 6,000 square feet of office
space in Hatfield, Hertfordshire, England and
approximately 2,400 square feet of office space in Mexico
City, Mexico. Our facilities are leased pursuant to operating
leases for various terms. We believe that our leases are at
competitive or market rates and do not anticipate any difficulty
in leasing suitable additional space upon expiration of our
current lease terms.
76
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of
our executive officers and directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
Jack Antonini
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director |
J. Chris Brewster
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Michael H. Clinard
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
Chief Operating Officer |
Thomas E. Upton
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Chief Administrative Officer |
Drew Soinski
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Chief Marketing Officer |
Fred R. Lummis
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors |
Robert P. Barone
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
Director |
Frederick W. Brazelton
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
Director |
Ralph H. Clinard
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
Director |
Ron Coben
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Director |
Jorge M. Diaz
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
Director |
Roger B. Kafker
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
Director |
Michael A. R. Wilson
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
Director |
Ronald Delnevo
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Director and Chief Executive of Bank Machine Limited |
The following biographies describe the business experience of
our executive officers and directors.
Jack Antonini has served as our President and Chief
Executive Officer and as a director since January 2003. From
November 2000 to December 2002, Mr. Antonini served as a
consultant for JMA Consulting, providing consulting services to
the financial industry. During 2000, Mr. Antonini served as
chief executive officer and president of Globeset, Inc., an
electronic payment products and services company. From August
1997 to February 2000, Mr. Antonini served as executive
vice president of consumer banking at First Union Corporation of
Charlotte, N.C. From September 1995 to July 1997, he served as
vice chairman and chief financial officer of First USA
Corporation, which was acquired by Bank One in June 1997.
Mr. Antonini held various positions from March 1985 to
August 1995 at San Antonio-based USAA Federal Savings Bank,
serving as vice chairman, president and chief executive officer
from August 1991 to August 1995. He is a certified public
accountant and holds a bachelor of science degree in business
and accounting from Ferris State University in Michigan.
Mr. Antonini also serves as a director of the Electronic
Funds Transfer Association.
J. Chris Brewster has served as our Chief Financial
Officer since joining us in February 2004. From September 2002
until February 2004, Mr. Brewster provided consulting
services to various businesses. From October 2001 until
September 2002, Mr. Brewster served as executive vice
president and chief financial officer of Imperial Sugar Company,
a Nasdaq-quoted refiner and marketer of sugar and related
products. From March 2000 to September 2001, Mr. Brewster
served as chief executive officer and chief financial officer of
WorldOil.com, a privately-held Internet, trade magazine, book
and catalog publishing business. From January 1997 to February
2000, Mr. Brewster served as a partner of Bellmeade Capital
Partners, LLC, a merchant banking firm specializing in the
consolidation of fragmented industries. From March 1992 to
September 1996, he served as Chief Financial Officer of
Sanifill, Inc., a New York Stock Exchange-listed environmental
services company. From May 1984 to March 1992, he served as
Chief Financial Officer of National Convenience Stores, Inc., a
New York Stock Exchange-listed operator of 1,100 convenience
stores. He holds a bachelor of science degree in industrial
management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a
master of business administration from Harvard Business School.
Michael H. Clinard has served as our Chief Operating
Officer since he joined the company in August 1997. He holds a
bachelor of science degree in business management from Howard
Payne University. Mr. Clinard also serves as a director and
treasurer of the ATM Industry Association.
77
Thomas E. Upton has served as our Chief Administrative
Officer since February 2004. From June 2001 to February 2004,
Mr. Upton served as our Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer. From February 1998 to May 2001, Mr. Upton was
the chief financial officer of Alegis Group LLC, a national
collections firm. Prior to joining Alegis, Mr. Upton served
as a financial executive for several companies. He is a
certified public accountant with membership in the Texas Society
of Certified Public Accountants, and holds a bachelor of
business administration degree from the University of Houston.
Drew Soinski has served as our Chief Marketing Officer
since August 2005. From October 2002 to August 2005,
Mr. Soinski served as the Senior Vice President and General
Manager of National Sales for First Horizon Merchant Services, a
leading provider of transaction processing and bankcard
acquiring services. From August 1997 through October 2002,
Mr. Soinski served as the Senior Vice President and General
Manager of National Sales for National Processing, Inc.
Mr. Soinski holds a bachelor of science degree in business
administration from the University of Central Florida.
Fred R. Lummis has served as a director and our Chairman
of the board since June 2001. Mr. Lummis is a co-founder
and managing partner of The CapStreet Group, LLC,
CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet Parallel II, L.P.
From June 1998 to May 2000, Mr. Lummis served as chairman
and chief executive officer of Advantage Outdoor Company, an
outdoor advertising company. From September 1994 to June 1998,
Mr. Lummis served as chairman and chief executive officer
of American Tower Corporation, a nationwide communication tower
owner and operator. Mr. Lummis now serves as a director of
American Tower Corporation, Amegy Bancorporation Inc. and
several private companies. Mr. Lummis holds a bachelor of
arts degree in economics from Vanderbilt University and a master
of business administration degree from the University of Texas
at Austin.
Robert P. Barone has served as a director since September
2001. Mr. Barone has more than 40 years of sales,
marketing and executive leadership experience in various
positions at Diebold, NCR, Xerox and the Electronic Funds
Transfer Association. Since December 1999, Mr. Barone has
served as a consultant for SmartNet Associates, Inc., a private
financing service. Additionally, from May 1997 to November 1999,
Mr. Barone served as Chairman of the Board of PetsHealth
Insurance, Inc., a pet health insurance provider. From September
1988 to September 1994, he served as board vice-chairman,
president and chief operating officer at Diebold. He holds a
bachelor of business administration degree from Western Michigan
University and a master of business administration degree from
Indiana University. A founder and past chairman of the
Electronic Funds Transfer Association, Mr. Barone is now
chairman emeritus of the Electronic Funds Transfer Association.
Frederick W. Brazelton has served as a director since
June 2001. Mr. Brazelton is a partner of The CapStreet
Group, which he joined in August 2000. From July 1996 to July
1998, Mr. Brazelton worked for Hicks, Muse, Tate &
Furst, a private equity firm in Dallas, and from June 1994 to
June 1995, he worked for Willis, Stein & Partners, a
private equity firm in Chicago. He holds a bachelor of business
administration from the Business Honors Program at the
University of Texas at Austin and a master of business
administration degree from Stanford Graduate School of Business.
Mr. Brazelton also serves as the chairman of the board of
directors of River Oaks Imaging and Diagnostic Group, Inc., a
provider of diagnostic imaging services.
Ralph H. Clinard has served as a director since June
2001. Mr. Clinard founded the predecessor to our company in
1989 and was with us until he retired as president and chief
executive officer in January 2003. Prior to founding our
predecessor, Mr. Clinard served with Exxon Corporation, an
integrated oil company, working in various positions for almost
30 years. Mr. Clinard holds a bachelor of science
degree in mathematics from Muskingum College and a bachelor of
science degree in mechanical engineering from Pennsylvania State
University. Mr. Clinard is currently retired.
Ron Coben has served as a director since July 2002. Mr.
Coben is currently the president of Think So, LLC, a marketing
and business process consulting firm serving financial
institutions and
non-banking entities.
Mr. Coben also served as the President and CEO of
MessagePro, Inc. from November 2001 to May 2005. From October
1989 to June 1996, Mr. Coben was senior vice president, and
from June 1996 to November 2001, Mr. Coben was executive
vice president of consumer and business banking for Bank United
Corp.,
78
which was acquired by Washington Mutual, Inc. in February 2001.
Mr. Coben also served as executive vice president at
Washington Mutual, Inc. from February 2001 to November 2001.
Mr. Coben holds a bachelor of business administration
degree from the University of Texas at Austin.
Jorge M. Diaz has served as a director since December
2004. Mr. Diaz has served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Personix, a division of Fiserv, since April 1994. In
January 1985, Mr. Diaz
co-founded National
Embossing Company, a predecessor company to Personix.
Mr. Diaz sold National Embossing Company to Fiserv in April
1994.
Roger B. Kafker has served as a director since February
2005. Mr. Kafker is a Managing Director at
TA Associates and concentrates on management-led buyouts
and recapitalizations in growth service businesses in the
financial, consumer and healthcare services industries. He
serves as a Director of Clayton Holdings, CompBenefits
Corporation, Florida Career College and Preferred Freezer
Services. Mr. Kafker has served on the Boards of Affiliated
Managers Group, Allegis Realty Investors (now UBS Realty
Investors), And 1, ANSYS, Boron, LePore &
Associates, Cupertino Electric, EYP Mission Critical Facilities,
HVL, Monarch Dental Corporation and Thomson Advisory Group (now
PIMCO Advisors). Prior to joining TA in 1989, he was employed by
Bankers Trust Company of New York, where he worked on leveraged
acquisitions. Mr. Kafker received a BA degree, magna cum
laude, Phi Beta Kappa, in History from Haverford College and an
MBA degree, with Honors, from the Harvard Business School.
Michael A. R. Wilson has served as a director since
February 2005. Mr. Wilson is a Managing Director at TA
Associates where he focuses on growth investments and leveraged
buyouts of financial services, business services and consumer
products companies. He also serves on the Boards of Advisory
Research, Inc., EYP Mission Critical Facilities and Numeric
Investors. He formerly served on the Boards of United Pet
Group and Chartered Marketing Services. Prior to joining TA in
1992, Mr. Wilson was a Financial Analyst in Morgan
Stanleys Telecommunications Group. In 1994, he joined
Affiliated Managers Group, a TA-backed financial services
start-up, as Vice
President and a member of the founding management team.
Mr. Wilson received a BA degree, with Honors, in Business
Administration from the University of Western Ontario and an MBA
degree, with Distinction, from the Harvard Business School.
Ronald Delnevo has served as Managing Director of Bank
Machine for four years and has been with Bank Machine (formerly
the ATM division of Euronet) since 1998. Prior to joining Bank
Machine, Mr. Delnevo served in various consulting roles in
the retail sector, served as a board director of Tie Rack PLC
for five years and spent seven years with British Airports
Authority in various commercial roles. Mr. Delnevo was
educated at Heriot Watt University in Edinburgh, and currently
holds a degree in business organization and a diploma in
personnel management.
Our Board of Directors and Executive Officers
Our board of directors consists of ten persons. Members of our
board are elected at our annual meeting of stockholders for
terms expiring upon their resignation or until their successor
is duly elected.
Our executive officers are appointed by the board on an annual
basis and serve until removed by the board or their successors
have been duly appointed.
Committees of the Board
Our board of directors has appointed an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating committee. The audit
committee currently consists of Messrs. Barone, Coben and
Clinard with Mr. Barone serving as the committees chairman
and designated financial expert. The compensation committee
currently consists of Messrs. Lummis, Wilson and Diaz and
the nominating committee currently consists of
Messrs. Lummis, Brazelton, Wilson and Kafker.
On an annual basis, the audit committee selects, on behalf of
our board of directors, an independent public accounting firm to
be engaged to audit our financial statements, discuss with the
independent auditors their independence, review and discuss the
audited financial statements with the independent auditors and
management and, once subject to the SEC rules and regulations,
will recommend to our board of directors
79
whether such audited financials should be included in our Annual
Reports on
Form 10-K to be
filed with the SEC.
The compensation committee reviews and either approves, on
behalf of our board of directors, or recommends to the board of
directors for approval (1) the annual salaries and other
compensation of our executive officers and (2) individual
stock and stock option grants. The compensation committee also
provides assistance and recommendations with respect to our
compensation policies and practices and assists with the
administration of our compensation plans.
The nominating committee assists our board of directors in
fulfilling its responsibilities by identifying and approving
individuals qualified to serve as members of our board of
directors, selecting director nominees for our annual meetings
of stockholders, subject to the nominating requirements
contained in our investors agreement.
We do not have a corporate governance committee. The independent
directors of our board fulfill the responsibilities of a
corporate governance committee by developing and recommending to
our board of directors corporate governance guidelines and
oversight with respect to corporate governance and ethical
conduct.
Director Compensation
We pay each of our non-employee directors $1,000 per board
meeting attended. Directors who are also are employed by us do
not receive fees for attending board or committee meetings. All
of our directors are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses in
attending board and committee meetings. In addition, we are in
the process of establishing a plan which would permit each
director to receive compensation for board service in the form
of common shares and to defer receipt of this compensation for a
period of time selected by the director that terminates no later
than the date he ceases to be a director.
Executive Compensation
The table below sets forth summary information concerning the
compensation awarded to our chief executive officer and our four
other most highly paid executive officers in the year ended
December 31, 2005. The individuals listed below are
referred to in this prospectus as our named executive
officers.
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation | |
|
|
| |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Jack Antonini
|
|
$ |
330,750 |
|
|
$ |
125,000 |
(1) |
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Chris Brewster
|
|
|
236,250 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
(1) |
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael H. Clinard
|
|
|
220,500 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
(1) |
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas E. Upton
|
|
|
210,000 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
(1) |
|
Chief Administrative Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Drew Soinski(2)
|
|
|
128,869 |
|
|
|
158,675 |
(1)(3) |
|
Chief Marketing Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Reflects bonuses earned for the year ended December 31,
2005 and paid in 2006. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Mr. Soinski joined us in August 2005. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Includes a relocation bonus of $33,675. |
|
80
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
The following table sets forth information with respect to all
stock options granted by the Company in 2005 to the named
executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
% of Total | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities | |
|
Options | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying | |
|
Granted to | |
|
Exercise or | |
|
|
|
Grant Date | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Employees in | |
|
Base Price | |
|
Expiration | |
|
Present | |
|
|
Granted(1) | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
($/Share) | |
|
Date | |
|
Value $(2) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Drew Soinski
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
23.8% |
|
|
$ |
83.84 |
|
|
|
8/1/2015 |
|
|
$ |
422,783 |
|
|
|
(1) |
The ten-year options granted in 2005 vest ratably over four
years beginning one year following the date of grant. |
|
|
(2) |
The Black-Scholes option pricing model was utilized to determine
the grant date present value of the stock options granted in
2005. Under the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the grant
date present value of the stock options referred to in the table
above was calculated to be $8.46 per share. The following
facts and assumptions were utilized in making such calculation:
(a) an unadjusted exercise price $83.84 per share;
(b) a fair market value of $83.84 per share on the
date of grant; (c) no dividend yield; (d) a term of
five years; (e) no volatility; and (f) an assumed
risk-free interest rate of 4.16%, which approximated the yield
on the five year treasury note on the date of grant. No other
discounts or restrictions related to the vesting or the
likelihood of vesting of the stock options were applied. The
resulting grant date present value per share amount was
multiplied by the total number of stock options granted to
determine the total grant date present value figure above. |
|
Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Year-End Option
Values
The following table presents information concerning the stock
options exercised during the last fiscal year by each of our
named executive officers and the fiscal year-end value of
unexercised options held by each of our named officers as of
December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Value of Unexercised | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised | |
|
In-the-Money | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
Options at Year-End | |
|
Options at Year-End(1) | |
|
|
Acquired | |
|
Value | |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
on Exercise | |
|
Realized | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Jack Antonini(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
J. Chris Brewster
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
$ |
477,591 |
|
|
$ |
955,182 |
|
Michael H. Clinard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,419,859 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Thomas E. Upton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,354 |
|
|
|
1,250 |
|
|
$ |
1,728,278 |
|
|
$ |
90,137 |
|
Drew Soinski
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
There was no public market for our common stock on
December 31, 2005. Accordingly, we calculated these values
based on an estimated price per share of $83.84, as determined
by management, less the applicable exercise prices. |
|
(2) |
Mr. Antonini only owns restricted shares in the Company and
has not been granted any options to purchase the Companys
common stock. |
Employment-Related Agreements of Named Executive Officers
Employment Agreement with Jack Antonini. In January 2003,
we entered into an employment agreement with Jack Antonini.
Mr. Antoninis January 2003 employment agreement was
last amended in January 2005. Under his employment agreement,
Mr. Antonini receives a monthly salary of $27,562 and his
term of employment runs through January 31, 2008. In
addition, subject to our achieving certain performance standards
set by our compensation committee, Mr. Antonini may be
entitled to an annual bonus of up to 40% of his base salary.
This bonus will be determined in the sole discretion of our
compensation committee. Further, should we terminate
Mr. Antonini without cause, he will be entitled to receive
severance pay equal to his base salary for the lesser of twelve
months or the number of months remaining under his employment
contract.
Employment Agreement with Michael H. Clinard. In June
2001, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael H.
Clinard. Mr. Clinards June 2001 employment agreement
was amended in January 2005. Under his employment agreement,
Mr. Clinard receives a monthly salary of $18,375 and his
term of employment runs through January 31, 2008. On each
anniversary of the agreement, Mr. Clinards annual
compensation is subject to increases as determined by our
compensation committee in its sole discretion, with such
increases being targeted to be 5% of the previous years
base salary. In addition, subject to our
81
achieving certain performance standards set by our compensation
committee, Mr. Clinard may be entitled to an annual bonus
of up to 15% of his base salary. This bonus will be determined
in the sole discretion of our compensation committee. Further,
(a) if he terminates his employment for good reason, as
defined in the employment agreement, then he is entitled to
continue to receive payments of base salary from us for the
lesser of twelve months or the number of months remaining under
his employment contract following his termination, and
(b) if he dies or becomes totally disabled, as defined in
the employment agreement, then he is entitled to receive the
difference between his base salary and any disability benefits
received by him under our disability benefit plans for the
lesser of twelve months or the number of months remaining under
his employment contract following his death or disability, as
applicable.
Employment Agreement with Thomas E. Upton. In June 2001,
we entered into an employment agreement with Thomas E. Upton.
Mr. Uptons June 2001 employment agreement was amended
in January 2005. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Upton
receives a monthly salary of $17,500 and his term of employment
runs through January 31, 2008. In addition, subject to our
achieving certain performance standards set by our compensation
committee, Mr. Upton may be entitled to an annual bonus of
up to 15% of his base salary. This bonus will be determined in
the sole discretion of our compensation committee. Further,
should we terminate Mr. Upton without cause, or should
Mr. Upton terminate his employment with us for good reason,
as defined in the employment agreement, he will be entitled to
receive severance pay equal to his base salary for twelve months.
Employment Agreement with J. Chris Brewster. In March
2004, we entered into an employment agreement with J. Chris
Brewster which was amended on February 10, 2005. The
amended agreement provides for an initial term ending
January 31, 2008. Under the amended employment agreement,
Mr. Brewster is entitled to receive a current monthly base
salary of $19,687, subject, on each anniversary of the
agreement, to increases as determined by our board of directors
in its sole discretion, with such increases being targeted to be
5% of the previous years base salary. In addition, subject
to our achieving certain performance standards set by our
compensation committee, Mr. Brewster may be entitled to an
annual bonus of up to 40% of his base salary. This bonus will be
determined in the sole discretion of our compensation committee.
Further, should we terminate Mr. Brewster without cause, or
should Mr. Brewster terminate his employment with us for
good reason, as defined in the employment agreement, he will be
entitled to receive severance pay equal to his base salary for
twelve months.
Employment Agreement with Drew Soinski. In July 2005, we
entered into an employment agreement with Drew Soinski. Such
agreement provides for an initial term ending August 1,
2008. Under the agreement, Mr. Soinski is entitled to
receive a current monthly base salary of $20,833, subject, on
each anniversary of the agreement, to increases as determined by
our board of directors in its sole discretion, with such
increases being targeted at 5% of the previous years base
salary. In addition, subject to the achievement of certain
performance standards as set by our compensation committee,
Mr. Soinski may be entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50%
of his base salary. The bonus will be determined in the sole
discretion of our compensation committee. Further, should we
terminate Mr. Soinski without cause, or should
Mr. Soinski terminate his employment with us for good
reason, as defined in the employment agreement, he will be
entitled to receive severance pay equal to his base salary for
twelve months.
Common Provisions of Employment-Related Agreements of Named
Executive Officers. Several provisions are common to the
employment agreements of our named executive officers. For
example:
|
|
|
|
|
Each employment agreement requires the employee to protect the
confidentiality of our proprietary and confidential information. |
|
|
|
Each employment agreement requires that the employee not compete
with us or solicit our employees or customers for a period of
24 months following the term of his employment. |
|
|
|
Each employment agreement provides that the employee may be paid
an annual bonus based on certain factors and objectives set by
our compensation committee, with the ultimate amount of any
bonus paid determined at the direction of our compensation
committee. |
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
None of our executive officers has served as a director or
member of the compensation committee of any other entity whose
executive officers served as a director or member of our
compensation committee.
82
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Preferred Stock Private Placement
In February 2005, we issued 894,568 shares of our
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to investment funds
controlled by TA Associates, Inc. for aggregate gross proceeds
of $75.0 million. In connection with this offering, we also
appointed Michael Wilson and Roger Kafker, who are designees of
TA Associates, Inc. to our board of directors. Approximately
$24.8 million of the net proceeds of this offering were
used to redeem all of the outstanding shares of our
Series A Preferred Stock from affiliates of The CapStreet
Group, LLC. The remaining net proceeds were used to repurchase
approximately 24% of our outstanding shares of common stock, and
vested options to purchase our common stock, at a price per
share of $83.8394, pursuant to an offer to purchase such shares
of stock from all of our stockholders on a pro rata basis. As
part of this transaction, we repurchased 353,878 shares of
our common stock from affiliates of The CapStreet Group for
$29.7 million. We also repurchased shares of common stock
from our executive officers and directors as described below
under Transactions with Our Directors and
Officers.
After the maturity of the notes offered hereby, or
February 10, 2012 in the event the notes are no longer
outstanding, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock may cause us to
redeem all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock at the
original issuance price less any dividends or distributions
previously paid on such shares. In the event that we do not have
sufficient funds legally available to redeem all outstanding
shares of preferred stock upon an election of redemption, we
would be required to pay interest on such unpaid amounts of
10% per annum, increasing 0.5% each quarter. If we are
unable to redeem all shares of preferred within 180 days of
an election of redemption, the holders of our preferred stock
would be entitled to appoint a majority of our board of
directors.
Investors Agreement
On June 4, 2001, we entered into an investors agreement
with CapStreet II, L.P., CapStreet Parallel II, L.P.,
Ralph H. Clinard, a current director and our then president and
chief executive officer, Michael H. Clinard, our chief operating
officer, Brian R. Archer, our executive vice president of
marketing, and the other stockholders of the company. We amended
and restated our investors agreement in connection with our
February 2005 preferred stock offering and further amended our
investors agreement in connection with our acquisition of Bank
Machine in April 2005. All of our stockholders are parties to
the investors agreement.
The following description of the investors agreement, as
amended, may be helpful to your understanding of the
relationships among our stockholders. You should be aware that
the investors agreement, other than the provisions relating to
registration rights, will be terminated in connection with an
initial public offering of our common stock.
Board Composition. Our board of directors consists of ten
individuals designated in accordance with our investors
agreement. Our stockholders agreed to vote their shares to elect
to the board of directors two nominees designated by CapStreet;
two nominees designated by TA Associates; Ralph Clinard, for so
long as he owns 10% or more of our stock; our Chief Executive
Officer; Ronald Delnevo, the Chief Executive Officer of our
United Kingdom operations; and up to three additional
independent directors nominated by our nominating committee.
CapStreet designated Fred R. Lummis and Frederick W. Brazelton
as its board nominees and TA Associates designated Michael
Wilson and Roger Kafker as its board nominees. Our investors
agreement also requires our board of directors to maintain a
nominating committee comprised of the CapStreet and TA
Associates board nominees and a compensation committee comprised
of one CapStreet board nominee, one TA Associate nominee and one
independent director.
Preemptive Rights and Transfer Provisions. Under our
investors agreement, if we propose to issue shares of our common
stock, other than in connection with a public offering,
issuances to employees and directors and certain corporate
transactions, we must provide each of our stockholders who is an
accredited investor the opportunity to purchase a pro rata
amount of such securities. In addition, in the event a
stockholder proposes to transfer any of our shares of common
stock, each of our other stockholders has the
83
right to purchase such shares. We have a right of first refusal
to purchase any such shares that are not purchased by our
stockholders.
Repurchase Option. Under the investors agreement, if any
employee who is employed pursuant to a written employment
agreement is terminated from employment with us for cause (as
defined in their respective employment agreements with us), then
we, at our option, may purchase all of the securities held by
such person for a purchase price equal to the fair market value
of such securities.
Business Opportunities. CapStreet and TA Associates are
private equity funds, and they invest in, have representatives
who serve on the board of directors and other governing boards
of, serve as officers of, provide services to and have minority
and controlling ownership interests in existing and future
portfolio companies. We have agreed that, except for
opportunities that come to the attention of any of the board
designees of CapStreet or TA Associates, in his or her capacity
as a director of the company, the relationship between us and
CapStreet and TA Associates will not prohibit any of them from
engaging in activities related to their operations as private
equity fund for their own account, or require any of them to
make any business opportunities available to us, even if any of
their activities or business opportunities competes with the our
business.
Registration Rights. The investors agreement grants each
of CapStreet and TA Associates the right to demand that we file
a registration statement with the SEC to register the sale of
all or a portion of their shares of common stock. Subject to
certain limitations, we will be obligated to register these
shares upon the demand of CapStreet or TA Associates, for which
we will be required to pay the registration expenses. In
connection with any such demand registration, the other
stockholders who are parties to the investors agreement may be
entitled to include their shares in that registration under
certain piggyback registration rights granted under the
investors agreement to these other stockholders. In addition, if
we propose to register equity securities for our own account,
the stockholders who are parties to the investors agreement may
be entitled to include their shares in that registration as
well. In connection with any registration, we will pay the
expenses of any such selling stockholders and indemnify each
holder of registrable securities covered by a registration
statement against liabilities arising out of or related to such
registration statement or the preliminary registration statement
or registration statement included as part of such registration
statement.
Transactions with our Directors and Officers
Fred R. Lummis, the chairman of our board of directors, is also
a managing director of The CapStreet Group, LLC, the ultimate
general partner of CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet
Parallel II, L.P., our shareholders. Frederick W.
Brazelton, one of our directors, is also a partner of The
CapStreet Group, LLC. CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet
Parallel II, L.P. together own a majority interest in
MessagePro, Inc., and Fred R. Lummis and Frederick W. Brazelton
are each members of the board of directors of MessagePro, Inc.
Michael Wilson and Roger Kafker, our directors, are each
managing directors of TA Associates, affiliates of which are our
shareholders and own a majority of our outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock.
Prior to the completion of this exchange offer, we had loans
outstanding to the following executive officers:
Mr. Antonini, who borrowed $940,800 from us during 2003 to
purchase 80,000 of our restricted shares, of which $884,466 is
currently outstanding, including accrued interest;
Mr. Michael Clinard, who borrowed $292,342 from us during
2003 to exercise stock options and purchase 43,484 shares
of our common stock, of which $226,666 is currently outstanding,
including accrued interest; and Mr. Upton, who borrowed
$131,205 from us during 2003 to exercise stock options and
purchase 21,104 shares of our common stock, of which
$101,731 is currently outstanding, including accrued interest.
Additionally, Mr. Ralph Clinard borrowed $442,319 from us
during 2003 to exercise stock options and purchase
64,938 shares of our common stock. Mr. Ralph Clinard
repaid his loan in full on January 15, 2004. The rate of
interest on each of these loans is 5% per annum.
Additionally, during 2003 we made loans in an aggregate amount
of approximately $500,000 to some of our non-executive officers
sufficient for those non-executive officers to exercise stock
options, of which approximately $323,790 is currently
outstanding. The interest rate on these loans is 5% per
annum. It is currently anticipated that the above-referenced
loans with our executive officers will be repaid in full,
including any accrued but unpaid interest related thereto, prior
to the effective date of this prospectus. Such
84
repayments shall be made either in cash or by the tendering of
shares of our common stock, as currently held by such executive
officers, at fair market value as determined by an independent
third-party appraisal firm.
In 2003, our board of directors approved the issuance of
80,000 shares of restricted stock to Jack Antonini in
exchange for a promissory note in the amount of $940,800, or
$11.76 per share. The terms of his restricted stock award
are set forth in a restricted stock agreement between us and
Mr. Antonini. Beginning on the date of grant,
Mr. Antonini, as the owner of the shares, has the right to
vote his shares. Under the restricted stock agreement, we may
repurchase a portion of Mr. Antoninis shares prior to
January 20, 2007 in some circumstances such as the
termination of his employment for cause. The agreement also
contained a provision allowing Mr. Antonini to
put to us an amount of his restricted shares
sufficient to retire the entire unpaid principal balance of the
promissory note plus accrued interest. On February 4, 2004,
we and Mr. Antonini amended the restricted stock agreement
to remove Mr. Antoninis put right.
Mr. Antonini is a signatory to our investors agreement and
has tag-along rights thereunder with respect to the restricted
shares, meaning that if any securityholder that is a party to
the investors agreement proposes to transfer greater than 5% of
our outstanding securities, Mr. Antonini will have the
right to transfer a pro rata portion of his restricted shares.
Pursuant to our offer to repurchase shares of our common stock
using a portion of the net proceeds from our February 2005
preferred stock offering, we purchased shares of our common
stock from each of our executive officers and directors at a
price per share of $83.8394. We purchased 9,492 shares from
Jack Antonini, 23,453 shares from Michael Clinard,
7,956 shares from Thomas Upton, and 130,737 shares
from Ralph Clinard.
85
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of our common stock; |
|
|
|
each of the executive officers identified in the summary
compensation table; |
|
|
|
each of our directors; and |
|
|
|
all directors and named executive officers as a group. |
Footnote 1 below provides a brief explanation of what is
meant by the term beneficial ownership. Except as
indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to
applicable community property laws, the persons named in this
table have the sole voting power with respect to all shares of
common stock listed as beneficially owned by them. The address
for each executive officer and director set forth below, unless
otherwise indicated, is c/o Cardtronics, Inc., 3110 Hayes
Road, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77082. The address of each
of CapStreet II, L.P., CapStreet Parallel II, L.P., and
Messrs. Lummis and Brazelton is c/o The CapStreet
Group, LLC, 600 Travis Street, Suite 6110, Houston, Texas
77002. The address of TA Associates, Inc. and
Messrs. Wilson and Kafker is c/o TA Associates, High
Street Tower, 125 High Street, Suite 2500, Boston,
Massachusetts 02110.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Percent of | |
|
|
of Common Stock | |
|
Common Stock | |
Name of Beneficial Owner(1) |
|
Beneficially Owned | |
|
Beneficially Owned | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CapStreet II, L.P.
|
|
|
1,017,958 |
|
|
|
34.5 |
% |
CapStreet Parallel II, L.P.
|
|
|
119,501 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
% |
TA Associates, Inc.(2)
|
|
|
894,568 |
|
|
|
30.3 |
% |
Ralph H. Clinard(3)
|
|
|
420,225 |
|
|
|
14.2 |
% |
Directors and Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fred R. Lummis(4)
|
|
|
1,137,459 |
|
|
|
38.5 |
% |
Michael Wilson(5)
|
|
|
894,568 |
|
|
|
30.3 |
% |
Roger Kafker(6)
|
|
|
894,568 |
|
|
|
30.3 |
% |
Jack Antonini
|
|
|
70,508 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
% |
Michael H. Clinard(7)
|
|
|
75,382 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
% |
Thomas E. Upton(8)
|
|
|
36,752 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
% |
J. Chris Brewster(9)
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
% |
Ronald Delnevo(10)
|
|
|
23,209 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Robert P. Barone(11)
|
|
|
4,316 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Frederick W. Brazelton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ron Coben(12)
|
|
|
4,316 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Jorge M. Diaz(13)
|
|
|
1,250 |
|
|
|
* |
|
All executive officers and directors as a group
(13 persons)
|
|
|
2,697,985 |
|
|
|
91.3 |
% |
|
|
|
*
|
|
Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock. |
86
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Beneficial ownership is a term broadly defined by
the SEC in
Rule 13d-3 under
the Exchange Act, and includes more than the typical forms of
stock ownership, that is, stock held in the persons name.
The term also includes what is referred to as indirect
ownership, meaning ownership of shares as to which a
person has or shares investment or voting power. For the purpose
of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have
beneficial ownership of any shares as of
February 28, 2006 that such person or group has the right
to acquire within 60 days after such date. |
|
|
(2)
|
|
The shares owned by TA Associates, Inc. through certain of its
affiliated funds, including TA IX L.P., TA/ Atlantic and
Pacific IV L.P., TA/ Atlantic and Pacific V L.P., TA
Strategic Partners Fund A L.P., TA Strategic Partners
Fund B L.P., TA Investors II, L.P., which we
collectively refer to as the TA Funds, are Series B
Preferred shares which are convertible into our common stock on
a share for share basis. |
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Clinard is a member of our board of directors. |
|
(4)
|
|
The shares indicated as being beneficially owned by
Mr. Lummis are owned directly by CapStreet II, L.P.
and CapStreet Parallel II, L.P. Mr. Lummis serves as a
Managing Director of The CapStreet Group, the ultimate general
partner of both CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet
Parallel II, L.P. As such, Mr. Lummis may be deemed to
have a beneficial ownership of the shares owned by
CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet Parallel II, L.P.
Mr. Lummis disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. |
|
(5)
|
|
Mr. Wilson serves as a Managing Director of TA Associates,
Inc., the ultimate general partner of the TA Funds. As
such, Mr. Wilson may be deemed to have a beneficial
ownership of the shares owned by the TA Funds. Mr. Wilson
disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. |
|
(6)
|
|
Mr. Kafker serves as a Managing Director of
TA Associates, Inc., the ultimate general partner of the
TA Funds. As such, Mr. Kafker may be deemed to have a
beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the TA Funds.
Mr. Kafker disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. |
|
(7)
|
|
Includes options to purchase 18,683 shares of common stock
exercisable by Michael H. Clinard. |
|
|
(8)
|
|
Includes options to purchase 23,604 shares of common stock
exercisable by Thomas E. Upton. |
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
Represents options to purchase 30,000 shares of common
stock exercisable by J. Chris Brewster. |
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
Represents 13,209 shares of our Series B Preferred stock
which are convertible into our common stock on a share for share
basis and options to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock
exercisable by Ronald Delnevo. |
|
|
(11)
|
|
Represents options to purchase 4,316 shares of common stock
exercisable by Robert P. Barone. |
|
|
(12)
|
|
Represents options to purchase 3,937 shares of common stock
exercisable by Ron Coben. |
|
|
(13)
|
|
Represents options to purchase 1,250 shares of common stock
exercisable by Jorge Diaz. |
87
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
Bank Credit Facilities
On May 17, 2005, in connection with the acquisition of Bank
Machine, we replaced our then existing bank credit facility with
new facilities provided by BNP Paribas and Bank of America, N.A.
Such facilities were comprised of (i) a revolving credit
facility of up to $100.0 million, (ii) a first lien
term facility of up to $125.0 million, and (iii) and a
second lien term facility of up to $75.0 million.
Borrowings under the facilities were utilized to repay our
existing bank credit facility in full and to fund the
acquisition of Bank Machine. As of December 31, 2005, the
first and second lien term facilities were fully repaid and
retired, as discussed below, and approximately
$45.8 million was outstanding under the new revolving
credit facility.
On August 12, 2005, we sold $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, and utilized the net proceeds from such offering,
along with approximately $7.1 million in borrowings under
our new revolving credit facility and cash on hand, to repay all
of the outstanding borrowings under our recently executed first
and second lien term loan facilities, including all accrued and
unpaid interest related thereto. Additionally, the revolving
credit facility was increased to a maximum borrowing capacity of
$150.0 million immediately following this transaction.
However, in February 2006, we amended the revolving credit
facility to remove and modify certain restrictive covenants
contained within the facility and to reduce the maximum
borrowing capacity from $150.0 million to
$125.0 million. Although the maximum borrowing capacity was
reduced, the overall effect of the amendment was to increase our
liquidity and financial flexibility through the removal and
modification of certain restrictive covenants, as contained in
the previous revolving credit facility. Such covenants, which
were originally structured to accommodate an acquisitive growth
strategy, have either been eliminated or modified to reflect a
greater reliance on our internal growth initiatives, as
previously discussed. As a result of this amendment, we had
approximately $43.8 million in borrowing capacity under the
revolving credit facility as of March 31, 2006. Additionally, we
recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $0.5 million
associated with the write-off of previously deferred financing
costs related to the facility in connection with this amendment.
Any amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility are not
due until the facilitys final maturity date in May 2010.
As noted above, we are required to comply with certain
restrictive covenants that are contained in our amended
revolving credit facility, including (i) limitations on the
amount of senior debt that we can have outstanding at any given
point in time, (ii) the maintenance of a set ratio of earnings
to fixed charges, as computed on a rolling 12-month basis, and
(iii) limitations on the amount of capital expenditures
that we can incur on a rolling 12-month basis.
Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at
a variable rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate
(LIBOR) or prime rate, at our option. At
March 31, 2006, the weighted average interest rate on our
outstanding facility borrowings was approximately 7.8%.
Borrowings are secured by a lien on substantially all of our
domestic subsidiaries assets (excluding equity interests
in foreign subsidiaries). The borrowings are also secured by the
equity interests in our direct foreign subsidiaries and the
direct subsidiaries of our domestic subsidiaries (limited to 66%
of the voting interests in the direct foreign subsidiaries and
100% of the non-voting interests in such direct foreign
subsidiaries), and contain customary covenants and events of
default.
In addition to the above domestic credit facility, Bank Machine
has a £2.0 million unsecured overdraft and borrowing
facility that expires in July 2006. Such facility, which bears
interest at 1.75% over the banks base rate (currently
4.50%), is utilized for general corporate purposes for our
United Kingdom operations. No borrowings were outstanding under
such facility as of March 31, 2006. However, Bank Machine
has posted a £275,000 bond under such facility, which
reduces the amount available for future borrowings under the
facility to £1.725 million. We currently anticipate
refinancing the existing facility for an additional one-year
term upon its expiration in July 2006, with substantially the
same terms and conditions.
88
ATM Cash Management Agreements
In the U.S., we rely on agreements with Bank of
America, N.A. and with Palm Desert National Bank to provide
use with all of the cash that we use in approximately 10,750 of
our domestic ATMs where cash is not provided by the merchant. In
addition, we rely on agreements with Alliance &
Leicester Commercial Bank to provide us with all of the cash
that we use in approximately 750 of our United Kingdom. ATMs
where cash is not provided by the merchant. In Mexico, we
currently relay on Bansi Bank to provide us with the cash we
need for ATMs where cash is not provided by the merchant. As of
March 31, 2006, the balance of cash held in our domestic
ATMs was approximately $306.4 million, over 98% of which
was supplied by Bank of America. In the United Kingdom, the
balance of cash held in our ATMs as of March 31, 2006 was
approximately $52.2 million. In Mexico, the balance of cash
in our ATMs as of March 31, 2006 was approximately
$18.9 million pesos ($1.7 million U.S.). We pay a fee for
our usage of this cash on the total amount of vault cash that we
are using at any given time. At all times during the use of this
cash, it belongs to the cash providers, and we are unable and
prohibited from obtaining access to such cash. Based on the
foregoing, such cash, and the related obligations, are not
reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
89
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
The New Notes will be issued, and the outstanding notes were
issued, under an Indenture dated as of August 12, 2005 (the
Indenture) among the Company, the Initial Guarantors
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the
Trustee), in a private transaction that is not
subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
See Notice to Investors. The terms of the New Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the Trust Indenture Act).
The following description is a summary of the material
provisions of the Indenture. It does not restate that agreement
in its entirety. We urge you to read the Indenture because it,
and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the
New Notes. The Company has filed the Indenture for an exhibit to
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this
description below under the caption Certain
Definitions. Certain defined terms used in this
description but not defined below under the caption
Certain Definitions have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture. In this description, the word
Company refers only to Cardtronics, Inc. and not to
any of its subsidiaries and the Notes refer to the
New Notes and the outstanding notes.
If the exchange offer contemplated by this prospectus (the
Exchange Offer) is consummated, Holders of
outstanding notes who do not exchange those notes for new notes
in the Exchange Offer will vote together with Holders of new
notes for all relevant purposes under the Indenture. In that
regard, the Indenture requires that certain actions by the
Holders thereunder (including acceleration following an Event of
Default) must be taken, and certain rights must be exercised, by
specified minimum percentages of the aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding securities issued under the Indenture. In
determining whether Holders of the requisite percentage in
principal amount have given any notice, consent or waiver or
taken any other action permitted under the Indenture, any
outstanding notes that remain outstanding after the Exchange
Offer will be aggregated with the new notes, and the Holders of
such outstanding notes and the new notes will vote together as a
single series for all such purposes. Accordingly, all references
herein to specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of
the notes outstanding shall be deemed to mean, at any time after
the Exchange Offer is consummated, such percentages in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding notes and the new notes then
outstanding.
Brief Description of the Notes
The Notes:
|
|
|
|
|
are general unsecured obligations of the Company; |
|
|
|
are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Debt of the Company, including the Indebtedness of the
Company under the Credit Agreement; |
|
|
|
are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and
any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; |
|
|
|
are senior in right of payment to all existing and any future
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; |
|
|
|
are guaranteed by the Guarantors as described under
Note Guarantees; and |
|
|
|
are effectively subordinated to all existing and any future
Indebtedness and other liabilities of the Companys
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors. |
As of May 31, 2006, the Company and Initial Guarantors had
outstanding Indebtedness of approximately $48.1 million,
all of which was Senior Debt, and the Companys
subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the Notes had
approximately $9.4 million of indebtedness and other
liabilities, not including intercompany liabilities. All of the
Senior Debt outstanding as of the date of this filing represents
borrowings
90
under our existing bank credit facility, none of which is held
by the Initial Guarantors. However, the Initial Guarantors have
been designated as guarantors of such Senior Debt.
As of the date of this prospectus, all of our subsidiaries are
Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under the
circumstances described below under the caption
Certain Covenants Designation of
Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, we will be
permitted to designate certain of our subsidiaries as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Any Unrestricted
Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive
covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.
Any outstanding notes that remain outstanding after the
completion of the Exchange Offer, together with the new notes
issued in connection with the Exchange Offer and any other notes
issued under the indenture then outstanding, will be treated as
a single class of securities under the Indenture.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
The Indenture provides for the issuance by the Company of Notes
with an unlimited principal amount, of which $200.0 million
were issued on August 12, 2005. The Company may issue
additional notes (the Additional Notes) from time to
time. Any offering of Additional Notes is subject to all of the
covenants of the Indenture, including the covenant described
below under the caption Certain
Covenants Incurrence of Indebtedness. The
Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the
Indenture would be treated as a single class for all purposes
under the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers,
amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Company will
issue Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000. The Notes will mature on August 15, 2013.
Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 9.250% per
annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on February
15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2006. The
Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of record
on the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1. Any
Additional Interest due will be paid on the same dates as
interest on the Notes. See Registration
Rights; Additional Interest.
Interest on the New Notes will accrue from August 12, 2005
or, if interest has already been paid, on the Notes, from the
date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day months.
Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes
If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company,
the Company will pay all principal, interest and premium and
Additional Interest, if any, on that Holders Notes in
accordance with those instructions. All other payments on Notes
will be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and
Registrar within The City and State of New York unless the
Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the
Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without
prior notice to the Holders, and the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
Transfer and Exchange
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture and the procedures described in Notice to
Investors. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements
and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to
pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange
any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not
required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of
15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
91
The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of
it for all purposes.
Note Guarantees
The Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Initial
Guarantors. Each Note Guarantee:
|
|
|
|
|
is a general unsecured obligation of that Guarantor; |
|
|
|
is subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Debt of that Guarantor, including the Guarantee by that
Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; |
|
|
|
is pari passu in right of payment with all existing and
any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of that
Guarantor; and |
|
|
|
is senior in right of payment to all existing and any future
subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor. |
Each Note Guarantee will be subordinated to the prior payment in
full of all Senior Debt of that Guarantor. The obligations of
each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited as
necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a
fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See Risk
Factors The guarantees may not be enforceable
because of fraudulent conveyance laws. As of
March 31, 2006, the Initial Guarantors had outstanding
Indebtedness of approximately $53.2 million, all of which
was Guarantees of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, and
the Companys subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the
Notes had approximately $12.0 million of indebtedness and
other liabilities, not including intercompany liabilities. See
Certain Covenants Guarantees.
Subordination
The payment of principal, interest and premium and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes is subordinated to the prior
payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt
of the Company, including Senior Debt of the Company Incurred
after the Issue Date.
The holders of Senior Debt of the Company are entitled to
receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all
Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt of the Company
(including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy
proceeding at the rate specified in the documentation for the
applicable Senior Debt of the Company) before the Holders of
Notes are entitled to receive any payment with respect to the
Notes (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain
Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trusts
described below under the captions Legal
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance or
Satisfaction and Discharge), in the
event of any distribution to creditors of the Company in
connection with:
|
|
|
(1) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company; |
|
|
(2) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or
its property; |
|
|
(3) any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or |
|
|
(4) any marshaling of the Companys assets and
liabilities. |
The Company also may not make any payment in respect of the
Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts
described under the captions Legal Defeasance
and Covenant Defeasance) if:
|
|
|
(1) a default (a payment default) in the
payment of principal, premium or interest on Designated Senior
Debt of the Company occurs and is continuing; or |
|
|
(2) any other default (a nonpayment default)
occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt
of the Company that permits holders of that series of Designated
Senior Debt of |
92
|
|
|
the Company to accelerate its maturity, and the Trustee receives
a notice of such default (a Payment Blockage Notice)
from a representative of the holders of such Designated Senior
Debt. |
Payments on the Notes may and will be resumed:
|
|
|
(1) in the case of a payment default on Designated Senior
Debt of the Company, upon the date on which such default is
cured or waived; and |
|
|
(2) in case of a nonpayment default on Designated Senior
Debt of the Company, the earlier of (x) the date on which
such default is cured or waived, (y) 179 days after
the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is
received and (z) the date the Trustee receives notice from
the representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding
the Payment Blockage Notice, unless, in each case, the maturity
of such Designated Senior Debt of the Company has been
accelerated. |
No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
|
|
|
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the
immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and |
|
|
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and
premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that have
come due have been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents. |
No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date
of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee will
be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period
of not less than 90 days.
If the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes receives a payment in
respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or
from the trusts described below under the captions
Legal Defeasance and Covenant
Defeasance) when:
|
|
|
(1) the payment is prohibited by these subordination
provisions; and |
|
|
(2) the Trustee or the Holder has actual knowledge that the
payment is prohibited (provided that such actual
knowledge will not be required in the case of any payment
default on Designated Senior Debt), |
the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will hold such
payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt
of the Company. Upon the proper written request of the holders
of Senior Debt of the Company or, if there is any payment
default on any Designated Senior Debt, the Trustee or the
Holder, as the case may be, will deliver the amounts in trust to
the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or their proper
representative.
The Company must promptly notify holders of its Senior Debt if
payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of
Default.
As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in
the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the
Company, Holders of Notes may recover less ratably than other
creditors of the Company.
Payments under the Note Guarantee of each Guarantor are
subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of
such Guarantor, including Senior Debt of such Guarantor Incurred
after the Issue Date, on the same basis as provided above with
respect to the subordination of payments on the Notes by the
Company to the prior payment in full of Senior Debt of the
Company. See Risk Factors Your right to
receive payments on the notes will be junior to our existing and
future senior debt, and the guarantees of the notes are junior
to all of the guarantors existing and future senior
debt.
93
Designated Senior Debt means:
|
|
|
(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit
Agreement; and |
|
|
(2) to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement, any
other Senior Debt permitted under the Indenture the amount of
which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated
by the Company as Designated Senior Debt. |
Permitted Junior Securities means:
|
|
|
(1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor or any
other business entity provided for by a plan or
reorganization; and |
|
|
(2) debt securities of the Company or any Guarantor or any
other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization
that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and any debt securities
issued in exchange for Senior Debt to the same extent as, or to
a greater extent than, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are
subordinated to Senior Debt under the Indenture. |
Senior Debt of any Person means:
|
|
|
(1) all Indebtedness of such Person outstanding under the
Credit Agreement and all Hedging Obligations with respect
thereto, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or Incurred
thereafter; |
|
|
(2) any other Indebtedness of such Person permitted to be
Incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument
under which such Indebtedness is Incurred expressly provides
that it is on a parity with or is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee; and |
|
|
(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the
preceding clauses (1) and (2) (including any interest
accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at
the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto,
whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under
applicable law). |
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding
paragraph, Senior Debt will not include:
|
|
|
(1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes
owed or owing by the Company or any Guarantor; |
|
|
(2) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to any
of their Subsidiaries or other Affiliates; |
|
|
(3) any trade payables; |
|
|
(4) the portion of any Indebtedness that is Incurred in
violation of the Indenture, provided that a good faith
determination by the Board of Directors of the Company evidenced
by a Board Resolution, or a good faith determination by the
Chief Financial Officer of the Company evidenced by an
officers certificate, that any Indebtedness being incurred
under the Credit Agreement is permitted by the Indenture will be
conclusive; |
|
|
(5) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that,
when Incurred, was without recourse to the Company or such
Guarantor; |
|
|
(6) any repurchase, redemption or other obligation in
respect of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or |
|
|
(7) any Indebtedness owed to any employee of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries. |
Optional Redemption
At any time prior to August 15, 2008, the Company may
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a
redemption price of
94
109.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more
Equity Offerings; provided that:
|
|
|
(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes)
remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its
Affiliates); and |
|
|
(2) the redemption must occur within 45 days of the
date of the closing of such Equity Offering. |
At any time prior to August 15, 2009, the Company may
redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days prior notice at a redemption price equal
to the sum of (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus (2) the Applicable Premium as of the date of
redemption, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of redemption.
Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not
be redeemable at the Companys option prior to
August 15, 2009.
On or after August 15, 2009, at any time or from time to
time, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if
redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15
of the years indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
Percentage | |
|
|
| |
2009
|
|
|
104.625 |
% |
2010
|
|
|
102.313 |
% |
2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000 |
% |
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time,
the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:
|
|
|
(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities
exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such principal
national securities exchange; or |
|
|
(2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by
lot or by such method as the Trustee will deem fair and
appropriate. |
No Notes of $1,000 or less will be redeemed in part. Notices of
redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.
Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original
Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption
will become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after
the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or
portions of them called for redemption.
Mandatory Redemption
The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have
the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part
(equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of that
Holders Notes pursuant to an offer (a Change of
Control Offer) on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In
the Change of Control
95
Offer, the Company will offer a payment (a Change of
Control Payment) in cash equal to not less than 101% of
the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to
the date of repurchase (the Change of Control Payment
Date, which date will be no earlier than the date of such
Change of Control). No later than 30 days following any
Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder
describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the
Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change
of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, which date
will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than
60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to
the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such
notice. The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a
result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions
of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change
of Control provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not
be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of
Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the
extent lawful:
|
|
|
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; |
|
|
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions
thereof so tendered; and |
|
|
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the
Notes so accepted together with an Officers Certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions
thereof being purchased by the Company. |
The Paying Agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each
Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for
such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail
(or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new
Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new
Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof.
Prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant, but in
any event no later than 30 days following a Change of
Control, the Company will either repay all outstanding Senior
Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all
agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the
repurchase of Notes required by this covenant. The Company will
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on
or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment
Date.
The Credit Agreement currently prohibits the Company from
purchasing any Notes, and also provides that certain change of
control events with respect to the Company would constitute a
default under the Credit Agreement. Any future credit agreements
or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company
becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions.
In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the
Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could
seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes
or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or
repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from
purchasing Notes. In such case, the Companys failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default
under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default
under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination
provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to
the Holders of Notes.
The provisions described above that require the Company to make
a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be
applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of the
Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect
to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain
provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that
the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a
takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
96
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating
to the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body
of case law interpreting the phrase substantially
all, there is no precise established definition of the
phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a
Holder of Notes to require the Company to repurchase such Notes
as a result of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be
uncertain.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
|
|
|
(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity
Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and |
|
|
(2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of
cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination of
both. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will
be deemed to be cash: |
|
|
|
(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Companys or such
Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet) of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent
liabilities, Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to
the Notes or any Note Guarantee and liabilities to the extent
owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) that are
assumed by the transferee of any such assets or Equity Interests
pursuant to a written novation agreement that releases the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability
therefor; |
|
|
(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by
the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are contemporaneously (subject to ordinary
settlement periods) converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that
conversion); and |
|
|
(c) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale
having an aggregated Fair Market Value, taken together with all
other Designated Non-Cash consideration received pursuant to
this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to
exceed the greater of (x) 5.0% of the Companys
Consolidated Net Assets as of the date or receipt of such
Designated Non-Cash Consideration and
(y) $15.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each
item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the
time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value). |
Within 540 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from
an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its
option:
|
|
|
(1) to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is
revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto; or |
|
|
(2) to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter into a binding
agreement to purchase such Replacement Assets; provided that
(x) such purchase is consummated within 90 days after
the date of such binding agreement and (y) if such purchase
is not consummated, within the period set forth in
subclause (x), the Net Proceeds not so applied will be
deemed to be Excess Proceeds (as defined below)). |
97
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the
Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not
prohibited by the Indenture.
On the 541st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date,
if any, as the Company determines not to apply the Net Proceeds
relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in the preceding
paragraph (each such date being referred to as an
Excess Proceeds Trigger Date), such aggregate amount
of Net Proceeds that has not been applied on or before the
Excess Proceeds Trigger Date as permitted in the preceding
paragraph (Excess Proceeds) will be applied by
the Company to make an offer (an Asset Sale Offer)
to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness
that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes
or any Note Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set
forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with
the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum
principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased using the Excess
Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal
to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other
pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and
will be payable in cash.
The Company may defer the Asset Sale Offer until there are
aggregate unutilized Excess Proceeds equal to or in excess of
$10.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales, at
which time the entire unutilized amount of Excess Proceeds (not
only the amount in excess of $10.0 million) will be applied
as provided in the preceding paragraph. If any Excess Proceeds
remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company
may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount
of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered
into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on
the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer,
Excess Proceeds subject to such Asset Sale and still held by the
Company will no longer be deemed to be Excess Proceeds.
The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant
to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales
provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be
deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale
provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
The Credit Agreement currently prohibits the Company from
purchasing any Notes, and also provides that certain asset sale
events with respect to the Company would constitute a default
under the Credit Agreement. Any future credit agreements or
other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company
becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions.
In the event an Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Company is
prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the
consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could
attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or
repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from
purchasing Notes. In such case, the Companys failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default
under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default
under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination
provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to
the Holders of Notes.
Certain Covenants
(A) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
|
|
|
(1) declare or pay (without duplication) any dividend or
make any other payment or distribution on account of the
Companys or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the
Company or any of |
98
|
|
|
its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect
holders of the Companys or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries Equity Interests in their capacity as such
(other than dividends, payments or distributions
(x) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company or (y) to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company); |
|
|
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for
value (including, without limitation, in connection with any
merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of the Company, or
any Restricted Subsidiary thereof held by Persons other than the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or any Note
Guarantees, except (a) a payment of interest or principal
at the Stated Maturity thereof or (b) the purchase,
repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in
anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal
installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year
of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other
acquisition; or |
|
|
(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and
other actions set forth in clauses (1) through
(4) above being collectively referred to as
Restricted Payments), |
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment:
|
|
|
(1) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and
be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and |
|
|
(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted
Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to Incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
the covenant described below under the caption
Incurrence of Indebtedness; and |
|
|
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate
amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (3), (4), (5),
(6) and (10) of the next succeeding
paragraph (B)), is less than the sum, without duplication,
of: |
|
|
|
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for
the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning
of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to
the end of the Companys most recently ended fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available at the
time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net
Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit),
plus |
|
|
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair
Market Value of assets other than cash received by the Company
since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity
capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or from the Incurrence
of Indebtedness of the Company that has been converted into or
exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests
sold to, or Indebtedness held by, a Subsidiary of the Company),
plus |
|
|
(c) with respect to Restricted Investments made by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, an
amount equal to the net reduction in such Restricted Investments
in any Person resulting from repayments of loans or advances, or
other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or from the net cash proceeds from the
sale of any such Restricted Investment (except, in each case, to
the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the
calculation of Consolidated Net Income), from the release of any
Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such
Guarantee) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
as Restricted Subsidiaries, not to exceed, in each case, the
amount of Restricted |
99
|
|
|
Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary after the
Issue Date; plus |
|
|
(d) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is
reduced on the Companys most recent quarterly balance
sheet upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to the Issue
Date of any Indebtedness of the Company convertible or
exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Company (less the amount of any cash or the Fair Market
Value of any other property distributed by the Company upon such
conversion or exchange) plus the amount of any cash received by
the Company upon such conversion or exchange; provided,
however, that such amount may not exceed the net proceeds
received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
from the conversion or exchange of such Indebtedness (excluding
net proceeds from conversion or exchange by a Subsidiary of the
Company or by an employee ownership plan or by a trust
established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the
benefit of their employees). |
(B) The preceding provisions will not prohibit, so long as,
in the case of clauses (7) and (12) below, no Default
has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby:
|
|
|
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration
such payment would have complied with the provisions of the
Indenture; |
|
|
(2) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company to the holders of its Common Stock on a pro rata
basis; |
|
|
(3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Guarantor or of any
Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a contribution
to the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company or a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the
amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any
such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition will be excluded from clause (3) (b) of the
preceding paragraph (A); |
|
|
(4) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other
acquisition of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the
Note Guarantees with the net cash proceeds from an Incurrence of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; |
|
|
(5) Investments acquired as a capital contribution to, or
in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a
substantially concurrent offering of, Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that
the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for
any such acquisition or exchange will be excluded from
clause (3) (b) of the preceding paragraph (A); |
|
|
(6) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon
the exercise of options or warrants to the extent that such
Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price
thereof; |
|
|
(7) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company held
by any current or former employee or director of the Company (or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) pursuant to the terms of any
employee equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement
or similar agreement entered into in the ordinary course of
business; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests in a
calendar year does not exceed $2.0 million (with unused
amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding
calendar years (without giving effect to the following proviso))
and does not exceed $6.0 million in aggregate; provided
further that such amount in any calendar year may be
increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the net cash
proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to
members of management or directors of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date (to the
extent such cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests
have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted
Payments) plus (B) the net cash proceeds of key man life
insurance policies received by the |
100
|
|
|
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date,
less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments made
pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this
clause (7); |
|
|
|
(8) payments in respect of management fees to any of the
Principals pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date as
described in this prospectus in an amount not to exceed an
aggregate amount of $500,000 in any calendar year; |
|
|
|
(9) payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock otherwise
permitted under Indenture; |
|
|
(10) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional
shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or
other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital
Stock of the Company; |
|
|
(11) payments of dividends on the Companys common
stock following the first bona fide underwritten public offering
of common stock of the Company after the Closing Date, of up to
6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the
Company from such public offering; provided however, that
(A) at the time of payment of any such dividend, no Default will
have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom), and
(B) the aggregate amount of all dividends paid under this
clause (11) will not exceed the aggregate amount of
net proceeds received by the Company from such public
offering; and |
|
|
(12) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not
to exceed $10.0 million. |
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be
the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of
the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued
to or by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be,
pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of
making any Restricted Payment, the Company will deliver to the
Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon
which the calculations required by this Restricted
Payments covenant were computed, together with a copy of
any opinion or appraisal required by the Indenture.
|
|
|
Incurrence of Indebtedness |
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness;
provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may
Incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock if the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio for the Companys most recently ended four
full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is Incurred would
have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock had been Incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
period.
The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the
Incurrence of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
Permitted Debt):
|
|
|
(1) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of
Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (including, without
limitation, the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of
Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate amount at any one time
outstanding pursuant to this clause (1) not to exceed
$200.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net
Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof to permanently repay any such Indebtedness
pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales; provided that a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary or a
Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities may incur
Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (1), together with
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (9) of this
Incurrence of Indebtedness covenant, in an aggregate
amount, after giving effect to such Incurrence, at any time
outstanding not to exceed the greater of
(a) $25.0 million or (b) 40% of the aggregate
Consolidated Net Assets of such Restricted Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(2) the Incurrence of Existing Indebtedness; |
|
|
(3) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of
Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note
Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date; |
101
|
|
|
(4) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of
Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings, construction loans or purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business, in each
case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of
the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of
property, plant or equipment used by the Company or any such
Guarantor, in an aggregate amount, including all Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this
clause (4), not to exceed 7.5% of the Companys
Consolidated Net Assets at any time outstanding; |
|
|
(5) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than
intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture
to be Incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or
clause (2), (3), (4), (5), or (10) of this paragraph; |
|
|
(6) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness owing to and held by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that: |
|
|
|
(a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all
Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the
Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; |
|
|
(b) Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Guarantor must
be evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note, unless the
obligor under such Indebtedness is the Company or a
Guarantor; and |
|
|
(c) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof
and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such
Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary thereof, will be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not
permitted by this clause (6); |
|
|
|
(7) the Guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors
of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision
of this covenant; or |
|
|
(8) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred for the
purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity
price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or
amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes),
and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the
Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than
as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices
or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees,
indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; |
|
|
(9) the Incurrence by any Restricted Subsidiary other than
a Domestic Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at
any time outstanding, after giving effect to such Incurrence and
together with any Indebtedness Incurred under the proviso in
clause (1) of this Incurrence of Indebtedness
covenant, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25 million
or (b) 40% of the Consolidated Net Assets of any such
Restricted Subsidiaries; or |
|
|
(10) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of
additional Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at any time
outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to this clause (10), not to exceed the
greater of (a) $15.0 million or (b) 5% of the
Consolidated Net Assets of the Company. |
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in
the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of
more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in
clauses (1) through (10) above, or is entitled to be
Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the
Company will be
102
permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness at the time of
its Incurrence in any manner that complies with this covenant.
In addition, any Indebtedness originally classified as Incurred
pursuant to clauses (1) through (10) above may later
be reclassified by the Company such that it will be deemed as
having been Incurred pursuant to another of such clauses to the
extent that such reclassified Indebtedness could be incurred
pursuant to such new clause at the time of such
reclassification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness
under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will be
deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the
exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of
Permitted Debt.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the
maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to
this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to
any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of
fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.
|
|
|
Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt |
The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate
in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company unless it
ranks pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to
the Notes. No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of
such Guarantor unless it ranks pari passu or subordinate
in right of payment to such Guarantors Note Guarantee. For
purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be
subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of
the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of
Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect of such other
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or by virtue of the
fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered
into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders
priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind
securing Indebtedness (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of
their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired,
unless all payments due under the Indenture and the Notes are
secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so
secured (or, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated to the
Notes or the Note Guarantees, prior or senior thereto, with the
same relative priority as the Notes will have with respect to
such subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such
obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.
|
|
|
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Restricted Subsidiaries |
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
|
|
|
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its
Capital Stock (or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits) to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any liabilities owed
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or |
|
|
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. |
However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to
encumbrances or restrictions:
|
|
|
(1) existing under, by reason of or with respect to the
Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or any other agreements
in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the
encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements,
refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive,
taken as a whole, than those contained in the Credit Agreement,
Existing Indebtedness or such other agreements, as the case may
be, as in effect on the Issue Date; |
103
|
|
|
(2) set forth in the Indenture, the Notes and the Note
Guarantees; |
|
|
(3) existing under, by reason of or with respect to
applicable law; |
|
|
(4) with respect to any Person or the property or assets of
a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries existing at the time of such acquisition and not
incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such
acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable
to any Person or the properties or assets of any Person, other
than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person so
acquired and any amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings thereof; provided that the encumbrances and
restrictions in any such amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings,
replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a
whole, than those in effect on the date of the acquisition; |
|
|
(5) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph
of this covenant: |
|
|
|
(A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting,
assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease,
license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, |
|
|
(B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to
transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any
property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture; |
|
|
(C) any encumbrance or restriction arising or existing by
reason of construction loans or purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital
Lease Obligations, in each case to the extent permitted under
the Indenture; |
|
|
(D) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of
intellectual property in connection with licenses of such
intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(E) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of provisions with respect to the disposition or
distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements
and other similar agreements, in each case to the extent
permitted under the Indenture, so long as any such encumbrances
or restrictions are not applicable to any Person (to its
property or assets) other than such joint venture or a
Subsidiary thereof; or |
|
|
(F) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of
business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not,
individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of
property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof; |
|
|
|
(6) existing under, by reason of or with respect to any
agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and
assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary that restrict distributions
by that Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other
disposition; and |
|
|
(7) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies,
in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business. |
|
|
|
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets |
The Company will not, directly or indirectly:
(1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person
(whether or not the Company is the surviving Person) or
(2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one
or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
|
|
|
(1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving Person;
or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
will have been made (i) is a Person organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia and (ii) assumes all the obligations of |
104
|
|
|
the Company under the Notes, the Indenture and, to the extent
applicable, the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to
agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; |
|
|
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no
Default or Event of Default exists; |
|
|
(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on
a pro forma basis, the Company or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition will have been made, will be
permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the
caption Incurrence of Indebtedness. |
|
|
(4) each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person
with which the Company has entered into a transaction under this
covenant, will have by amendment to its Note Guarantee confirmed
that its Note Guarantee will apply to the obligations of the
Company or the surviving Person in accordance with the Notes and
the Indenture. |
|
|
(5)& |